]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Merge getdate documentation changes from coreutils.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
22
23 @ifclear PUBLISH
24 @ifclear DISTRIB
25 @ifclear PROOF
26 @set DISTRIB
27 @end ifclear
28 @end ifclear
29 @end ifclear
30
31 @ifset PUBLISH
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset DISTRIB
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @ifset PROOF
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
41 @end ifset
42
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, seems to him like a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
51
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
53
54 @macro UNREVISED
55 @ifclear PUBLISH
56 @quotation
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
58 @end quotation
59 @end ifclear
60 @end macro
61
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
63
64 @macro FIXME{string}
65 @allow-recursion
66 @quote-arg
67 @ifset PROOF
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
69 @end ifset
70
71 @end macro
72
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
74 @quote-arg
75 @ifset PROOF
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
77 @end ifset
78
79 @end macro
80
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
82 @quote-arg
83 @ifset PROOF
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
85 @end ifset
86
87 @end macro
88
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
90 @quote-arg
91 @ifset PROOF
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
93 @end ifset
94
95 @end macro
96
97 @c @macro option{entry}
98 @c @quote-arg
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
100 @c @value{\entry\}
101 @c @end macro
102
103 @macro GNUTAR
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
105 @end macro
106
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
111
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
116
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
121
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
126
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
131
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
136
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
141
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
146
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
151
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
156
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
158
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
163
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
168
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
173
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
178
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
183
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
188
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
193
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
198
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
203
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
208
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
213
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
218
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
223
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
228
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
233
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
238
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
243
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
248
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
253
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
258
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
263
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Writing}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Writing}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Writing}
268
269 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
270 @set ref-label @ref{label}
271 @set xref-label @xref{label}
272 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
273
274 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
275 @set ref-list @ref{list}
276 @set xref-list @xref{list}
277 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
278
279 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
280 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
281 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
282 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
283
284 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
285 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
286 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
287 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
288
289 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
290 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
291 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
292 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
293
294 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
295 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
296 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
297 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
298
299 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
300 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
301 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
302 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
303
304 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
305 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
306 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
307 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
308
309 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
310 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
313
314 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
315 @set ref-null @ref{files}
316 @set xref-null @xref{files}
317 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
318
319 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
320 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
321 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
322 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
323
324 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
325 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
326 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
327 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
328
329 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
330 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
331 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
332 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
333
334 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
335 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
336 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
337 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
338
339 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
340 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
341 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
342 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
343
344 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
345 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
346 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
347 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
348
349 @set op-format @kbd{--format}
350 @set ref-format @ref{format}
351 @set xref-format @xref{format}
352 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
353
354 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
355 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
356 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
357 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
358 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
359
360 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
361 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
362 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
363 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
364
365 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
366 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
367 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
368 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
369
370 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
371 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
372 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
373 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
374
375 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
376 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
377 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
378 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
379
380 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
381 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
382 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
383 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
384 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
385
386 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
387 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
388 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
389 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
390
391 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
392
393 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
394 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
395 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
396 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
397 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
398
399 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
400 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
401 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
402 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
403
404 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
405 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
406 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
407 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
408 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
409
410 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
411 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
412 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
413 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
414
415 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
416 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
417 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
418 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
419
420 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
421 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
422 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
423 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
424
425 @set op-strip-path @kbd{--strip-path}
426 @set ref-strip-path @ref{--strip-path}
427 @set xref-strip-path @xref{--strip-path}
428 @set pxref-strip-path @pxref{--strip-path}
429
430 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
431 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
432 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
433 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
434
435 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
436 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
437 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
438 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
439
440 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
441 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
442 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
443 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
444
445 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
446 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
447 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
448 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
449
450 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
451 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
452 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
453 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
454
455 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
456 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
457 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
458 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
459
460 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
461 @set ref-update @ref{update}
462 @set xref-update @xref{update}
463 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
464
465 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
466 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
467 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
468 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
469
470 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
471 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
472 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
473 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
474
475 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
476 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
477 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
478 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
479
480 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
481 @set ref-version @ref{help}
482 @set xref-version @xref{help}
483 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
484
485 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
486 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
487 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
488 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
489
490 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
491 @syncodeindex fn cp
492 @syncodeindex ky cp
493 @syncodeindex pg cp
494 @syncodeindex vr cp
495
496 @defindex op
497 @syncodeindex op cp
498
499 @copying
500
501 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
502 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
503 from archives.
504
505 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
506 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
507
508 @quotation
509 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
510 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
511 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
512 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
513 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
514 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
515 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
516
517 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
518 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
519 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
520 @end quotation
521 @end copying
522
523 @dircategory Archiving
524 @direntry
525 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
526 @end direntry
527
528 @dircategory Individual utilities
529 @direntry
530 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
531 @end direntry
532
533 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
534
535 @titlepage
536 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
537 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
538 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
539 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
540 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
541 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
542
543 @page
544 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
545 @insertcopying
546 @end titlepage
547
548 @ifnottex
549 @node Top
550 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
551
552 @insertcopying
553
554 @cindex file archival
555 @cindex archiving files
556
557 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
558 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
559 @end ifnottex
560
561 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
562 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
563
564 @menu
565 * Introduction::
566 * Tutorial::
567 * tar invocation::
568 * operations::
569 * Backups::
570 * Choosing::
571 * Date input formats::
572 * Formats::
573 * Media::
574 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
575 * Copying This Manual::
576 * Index::
577
578 @detailmenu
579 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
580
581 Introduction
582
583 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
584 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
585 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
586 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
587 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
588 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
589 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
590
591 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
592
593 * assumptions::
594 * stylistic conventions::
595 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
596 * frequent operations::
597 * Two Frequent Options::
598 * create:: How to Create Archives
599 * list:: How to List Archives
600 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
601 * going further::
602
603 Two Frequently Used Options
604
605 * file tutorial::
606 * verbose tutorial::
607 * help tutorial::
608
609 How to Create Archives
610
611 * prepare for examples::
612 * Creating the archive::
613 * create verbose::
614 * short create::
615 * create dir::
616
617 How to List Archives
618
619 * list dir::
620
621 How to Extract Members from an Archive
622
623 * extracting archives::
624 * extracting files::
625 * extract dir::
626 * failing commands::
627
628 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
629
630 * Synopsis::
631 * using tar options::
632 * Styles::
633 * All Options::
634 * help::
635 * verbose::
636 * interactive::
637
638 The Three Option Styles
639
640 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
641 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
642 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
643 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
644
645 All @command{tar} Options
646
647 * Operation Summary::
648 * Option Summary::
649 * Short Option Summary::
650
651 @GNUTAR{} Operations
652
653 * Basic tar::
654 * Advanced tar::
655 * create options::
656 * extract options::
657 * backup::
658 * Applications::
659 * looking ahead::
660
661 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
662
663 * Operations::
664 * append::
665 * update::
666 * concatenate::
667 * delete::
668 * compare::
669
670 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
671
672 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
673 * multiple::
674
675 Updating an Archive
676
677 * how to update::
678
679 Options Used by @code{--create}
680
681 * Ignore Failed Read::
682
683 Options Used by @code{--extract}
684
685 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
686 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
687 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
688
689 Options to Help Read Archives
690
691 * read full records::
692 * Ignore Zeros::
693
694 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
695
696 * Dealing with Old Files::
697 * Overwrite Old Files::
698 * Keep Old Files::
699 * Unlink First::
700 * Recursive Unlink::
701 * Modification Times::
702 * Setting Access Permissions::
703 * Writing to Standard Output::
704 * remove files::
705
706 Coping with Scarce Resources
707
708 * Starting File::
709 * Same Order::
710
711 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
712
713 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
714 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
715 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
716 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
717 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
718 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
719 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
720
721 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
722
723 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
724 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
725
726 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
727
728 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
729 * Selecting Archive Members::
730 * files:: Reading Names from a File
731 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
732 * Wildcards::
733 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
734 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
735 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
736
737 Reading Names from a File
738
739 * nul::
740
741 Excluding Some Files
742
743 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
744 * problems with exclude::
745
746 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
747
748 * directory:: Changing Directory
749 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
750
751 Date input formats
752
753 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
754 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
755 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
756 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
757 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
758 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
759 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
760 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
761 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
762
763 Controlling the Archive Format
764
765 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
766 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
767 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
768 * Standard:: The Standard Format
769 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
770 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
771
772 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
773
774 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
775 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
776 * old:: Old V7 Archives
777 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
778 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
779 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
780
781 Using Less Space through Compression
782
783 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
784 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
785
786 Tapes and Other Archive Media
787
788 * Device:: Device selection and switching
789 * Remote Tape Server::
790 * Common Problems and Solutions::
791 * Blocking:: Blocking
792 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
793 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
794 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
795 * verify::
796 * Write Protection::
797
798 Blocking
799
800 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
801 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
802
803 Many Archives on One Tape
804
805 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
806 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
807
808 Using Multiple Tapes
809
810 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
811 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
812
813 Copying This Manual
814
815 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
816
817 @end detailmenu
818 @end menu
819
820 @node Introduction
821 @chapter Introduction
822
823 @GNUTAR{} creates
824 and manipulates (@dfn{archives}) which are actually collections of
825 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
826 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
827 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
828 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
829
830 @menu
831 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
832 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
833 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
834 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
835 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
836 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
837 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
838 @end menu
839
840 @node Book Contents
841 @section What this Book Contains
842
843 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
844 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
845 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
846 or comments.
847
848 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
849 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
850 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
851 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
852 progressive order, building on information already explained.
853
854 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
855 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
856 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
857 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
858 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
859 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
860 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
861 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
862 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
863 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
864
865 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
866 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
867
868 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
869 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
870 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
871 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
872 about a specific topic.
873
874 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
875 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
876 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
877 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
878
879 In general, we give both the long and short (abbreviated) option names
880 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
881 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
882 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
883 indicate this.)
884
885 @node Definitions
886 @section Some Definitions
887
888 @cindex archive
889 @cindex tar archive
890 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
891 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
892 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
893 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
894 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
895 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
896 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
897 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
898
899 @cindex member
900 @cindex archive member
901 @cindex file name
902 @cindex member name
903 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
904 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
905 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
906 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
907 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
908 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
909 archive.
910
911 @cindex extraction
912 @cindex unpacking
913 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
914 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
915 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
916 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
917 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
918 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
919 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
920 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
921 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
922 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
923 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
924
925 @node What tar Does
926 @section What @command{tar} Does
927
928 @cindex tar
929 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
930 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
931 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
932 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
933 stored.
934
935 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
936 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
937 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
938 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
939 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
940
941 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
942
943 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
944 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
945
946 @table @asis
947 @item Storage
948 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
949 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
950 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
951 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
952 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
953 unit.
954
955 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
956 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
957 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
958 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
959 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
960 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
961 archives useful.
962
963 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
964 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
965 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
966 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
967 all dimensions, even time!)
968
969 @item Backup
970 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
971 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
972 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
973 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
974 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
975 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
976 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
977 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
978 filesystem.
979
980 @item Transportation
981 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
982 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
983 files from one system to another.
984 @end table
985
986 @node Naming tar Archives
987 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
988
989 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
990 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
991 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
992 it and to make examples more clear.
993
994 @cindex tar file
995 @cindex entry
996 @cindex tar entry
997 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
998 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
999 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
1000 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1001 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1002
1003 @node Current status
1004 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1005
1006 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1007 primary aims are:
1008
1009 @itemize @bullet
1010 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1011 implementations.
1012 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1013 @item Revise sparse file handling.
1014 @item Revise multiple volume processing.
1015 @end itemize
1016
1017 The following issues need mentioning:
1018
1019 @table @asis
1020 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1021 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1022 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1023
1024 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1025 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1026 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1027
1028 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1029 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1030 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1031
1032 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1033 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1034
1035 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1036 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1037 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1038 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1039 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1040 @option{--check-links}.
1041
1042 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1043 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1044
1045 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1046 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1047 @end table
1048
1049 @node Authors
1050 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1051
1052 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1053 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1054 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1055 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, and finally
1056 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, with the help of numerous and kind users.
1057
1058 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1059 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1060 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1061 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1062 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1063
1064 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1065 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1066 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1067 i'll think about it.}
1068
1069 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1070 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1071
1072 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1073 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1074 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1075 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1076 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1077 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1078 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1079 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1080 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1081 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1082 thing.}
1083
1084 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1085 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1086
1087 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1088 an active development and maintenance work has started
1089 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1090 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1091
1092 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1093
1094 @node Reports
1095 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1096
1097 @cindex bug reports
1098 @cindex reporting bugs
1099 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1100 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1101
1102 @node Tutorial
1103 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1104
1105 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1106 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1107 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1108 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1109 details about how @command{tar} works.
1110
1111 @menu
1112 * assumptions::
1113 * stylistic conventions::
1114 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1115 * frequent operations::
1116 * Two Frequent Options::
1117 * create:: How to Create Archives
1118 * list:: How to List Archives
1119 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1120 * going further::
1121 @end menu
1122
1123 @node assumptions
1124 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1125
1126 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1127 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1128 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1129 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1130 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1131
1132 @itemize @bullet
1133 @item
1134 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1135 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1136 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1137 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1138 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1139 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1140 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1141 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1142 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1143 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1144 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1145 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1146 else?}
1147
1148 @item
1149 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1150 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1151 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1152 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1153 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1154 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1155 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1156
1157 @item
1158 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1159 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1160 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1161 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1162 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1163 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1164 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1165 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1166 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1167
1168 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1169 @end itemize
1170
1171 @node stylistic conventions
1172 @section Stylistic Conventions
1173
1174 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1175 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1176 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1177 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1178 sometimes @samp{like this}. When we have lines which are too long to be
1179 displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1180
1181 @smallexample
1182 This is an example of a line which would otherwise not fit in this space.
1183 @end smallexample
1184
1185 @FIXME{how often do we use smallexample?}
1186
1187 @node basic tar options
1188 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1189
1190 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1191 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1192 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1193 operations, and options.
1194
1195 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1196 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1197 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1198 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1199 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1200 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1201
1202 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1203 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1204 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1205 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1206 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1207 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1208
1209 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1210 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1211 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1212 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1213 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1214 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1215 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1216 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1217 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1218 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1219 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options} and
1220 @ref{Short Options}.)
1221
1222 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1223 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1224 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1225 For example, instead of typing
1226
1227 @smallexample
1228 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1229 @end smallexample
1230
1231 @noindent
1232 you can type
1233 @smallexample
1234 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1235 @end smallexample
1236
1237 @noindent
1238 or even
1239 @smallexample
1240 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1241 @end smallexample
1242
1243 @noindent
1244 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1245 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1246 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1247
1248 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1249 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1250 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1251 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1252 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1253 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1254 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1255
1256 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1257 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1258 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1259 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1260 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1261 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1262 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1263 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1264 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1265 intends.
1266
1267 @node frequent operations
1268 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1269
1270 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1271 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1272 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1273 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1274
1275 @table @kbd
1276 @item --create
1277 @itemx -c
1278 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1279 @item --list
1280 @itemx -t
1281 List the contents of an archive.
1282 @item --extract
1283 @itemx -x
1284 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1285 @end table
1286
1287 @node Two Frequent Options
1288 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1289
1290 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1291 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1292 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1293 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1294 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1295 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1296
1297 @menu
1298 * file tutorial::
1299 * verbose tutorial::
1300 * help tutorial::
1301 @end menu
1302
1303 @node file tutorial
1304 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1305
1306 @table @kbd
1307 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1308 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1309 Specify the name of an archive file.
1310 @end table
1311
1312 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1313 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1314 that @command{tar} will work on.
1315
1316 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1317 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1318 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1319 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1320 look roughly like one of the following:
1321
1322 @smallexample
1323 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1324 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1325 @end smallexample
1326
1327 @noindent
1328 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1329 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1330 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1331 @ref{file}.
1332
1333 @node verbose tutorial
1334 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1335
1336 @table @kbd
1337 @item --verbose
1338 @itemx -v
1339 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1340 @end table
1341
1342 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1343 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1344 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1345 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1346 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1347 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1348 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1349 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1350 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1351 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1352
1353 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1354 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1355 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1356 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1357 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1358 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1359 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1360 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1361
1362 @smallexample
1363 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1364 @end smallexample
1365
1366 @noindent
1367 above, you might say
1368
1369 @smallexample
1370 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1371 @end smallexample
1372
1373 @noindent
1374 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1375 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1376 twice, like this:
1377
1378 @smallexample
1379 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1380 @end smallexample
1381
1382 @noindent
1383 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1384
1385 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1386 --verbose}}.
1387
1388 @node help tutorial
1389 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1390
1391 @table @kbd
1392 @item --help
1393
1394 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1395 all operations and option available for the current version of
1396 @command{tar} available on your system.
1397 @end table
1398
1399 @node create
1400 @section How to Create Archives
1401 @UNREVISED
1402
1403 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1404 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1405 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1406 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1407 practice on.
1408
1409 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1410 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1411 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1412 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1413 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1414 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1415 other directories and other archives.
1416
1417 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1418 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1419 @file{collection.tar}.
1420
1421 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1422 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1423 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1424 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1425 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1426 @command{tar} works.
1427
1428 @menu
1429 * prepare for examples::
1430 * Creating the archive::
1431 * create verbose::
1432 * short create::
1433 * create dir::
1434 @end menu
1435
1436 @node prepare for examples
1437 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1438
1439 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1440 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1441 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1442 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1443 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1444 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1445
1446 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1447 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1448 the full path name of this directory is
1449 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1450 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1451
1452 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1453 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1454 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1455 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1456
1457 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1458 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1459 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1460 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1461 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1462 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1463 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1464 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1465 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1466 information on how to do this.
1467
1468 @node Creating the archive
1469 @subsection Creating the Archive
1470
1471 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1472 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1473
1474 @smallexample
1475 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1476 @end smallexample
1477
1478 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1479 option forms}. You could also say:
1480
1481 @smallexample
1482 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1483 @end smallexample
1484
1485 @noindent
1486 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1487 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1488 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1489 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1490
1491 Note that the part of the command which says,
1492 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1493 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1494 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1495 archive file you create.
1496
1497 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1498 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1499 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1500 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1501 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1502 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1503
1504 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1505 is the operation which creates the new archive
1506 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1507 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1508 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1509 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1510 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1511 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1512 @FIXME{xref to definitions?}
1513
1514 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1515 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1516 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1517
1518 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1519 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1520
1521 @smallexample
1522 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1523 @end smallexample
1524
1525 @noindent
1526 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1527 the files in the directory.
1528
1529 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1530 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1531 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1532 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1533
1534 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1535 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1536 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1537
1538 @node create verbose
1539 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1540
1541 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1542 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1543 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1544
1545 @smallexample
1546 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1547 blues
1548 folk
1549 jazz
1550 @end smallexample
1551
1552 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1553 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1554 @iftex
1555 (note the different font styles).
1556 @end iftex
1557 @ifinfo
1558 .
1559 @end ifinfo
1560
1561 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1562 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1563 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1564 understand.
1565
1566 @node short create
1567 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1568
1569 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1570 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1571 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1572 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1573 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1574 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1575 using short option forms:
1576
1577 @smallexample
1578 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1579 blues
1580 folk
1581 jazz
1582 @end smallexample
1583
1584 @noindent
1585 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1586 long or short option forms.
1587
1588 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1589 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1590 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1591 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1592 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1593 following way:
1594
1595 @smallexample
1596 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1597 @end smallexample
1598
1599 @noindent
1600 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1601 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1602 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1603 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1604 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1605 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1606 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1607 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1608 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1609 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1610 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1611
1612 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1613 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1614 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1615
1616 This example,
1617
1618 @smallexample
1619 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1620 @end smallexample
1621
1622 @noindent
1623 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1624 becomes much more so:
1625
1626 @smallexample
1627 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1628 @end smallexample
1629
1630 @noindent
1631 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1632 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1633 valuable data.
1634
1635 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1636 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1637 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1638 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1639 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1640 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1641 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1642 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1643
1644 @node create dir
1645 @subsection Archiving Directories
1646
1647 @cindex Archiving Directories
1648 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1649 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1650 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1651 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1652 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1653
1654 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1655 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1656 type:
1657
1658 @smallexample
1659 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1660 $
1661 @end smallexample
1662
1663 @noindent
1664 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1665 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1666 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1667 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1668
1669 @smallexample
1670 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1671 @end smallexample
1672
1673 @noindent
1674 @command{tar} should output:
1675
1676 @smallexample
1677 practice/
1678 practice/blues
1679 practice/folk
1680 practice/jazz
1681 practice/collection.tar
1682 @end smallexample
1683
1684 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1685 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1686 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1687 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1688 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1689 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1690 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1691 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1692 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1693 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1694 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1695 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1696 into the file system).
1697
1698 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1699
1700 @smallexample
1701 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1702 @end smallexample
1703
1704 @noindent
1705 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1706 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1707 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1708 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1709 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1710 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1711 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1712 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1713 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1714 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1715 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1716 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1717 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1718 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1719 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1720 directory being dumped.}
1721
1722 @node list
1723 @section How to List Archives
1724
1725 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1726 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1727 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1728 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1729 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1730 created in the last section with the command,
1731
1732 @smallexample
1733 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1734 @end smallexample
1735
1736 @noindent
1737 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1738
1739 @smallexample
1740 blues
1741 folk
1742 jazz
1743 @end smallexample
1744
1745 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1746 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1747
1748 @noindent
1749 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1750
1751 @smallexample
1752 ./birds
1753 baboon
1754 ./box
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1759 to specify the name of the archive.
1760
1761 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1762 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1763 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1764
1765 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1766 like:
1767
1768 @smallexample
1769 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1770 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1771 @end smallexample
1772
1773 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1774 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1775 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1776 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1777 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1778 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1779
1780 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1781 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1782 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1783 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1784 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1785 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1786 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1787 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1788 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1789 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1790 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1791
1792 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1793 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1794 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1795 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1796 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1797 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1798 stored in the specified archive.
1799
1800 @menu
1801 * list dir::
1802 @end menu
1803
1804 @node list dir
1805 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1806 @UNREVISED
1807
1808 @FIXME{i changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a
1809 chance to play around with this node's example, yet. i have to play
1810 with it and see what it actually does for my own satisfaction, even if
1811 what it says *is* correct..}
1812
1813 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1814 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1815 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1816 @value{op-verbose} option.
1817
1818 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1819 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1820
1821 @smallexample
1822 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1823 @end smallexample
1824
1825 @command{tar} responds:
1826
1827 @smallexample
1828 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1829 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1830 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1831 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1832 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1833 @end smallexample
1834
1835 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1836 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1837
1838 @node extract
1839 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1840 @UNREVISED
1841 @cindex Extraction
1842 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1843 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1844
1845 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1846 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1847 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1848 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1849 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1850 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1851 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1852 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1853
1854 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1855 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1856 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1857 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1858
1859 @menu
1860 * extracting archives::
1861 * extracting files::
1862 * extract dir::
1863 * extracting untrusted archives::
1864 * failing commands::
1865 @end menu
1866
1867 @node extracting archives
1868 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1869
1870 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1871 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1872
1873 @smallexample
1874 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1875 @end smallexample
1876
1877 @noindent
1878 produces this:
1879
1880 @smallexample
1881 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1882 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1883 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1884 @end smallexample
1885
1886 @node extracting files
1887 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1888
1889 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1890 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1891 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1892 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1893 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1894 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{check this; will the times,
1895 permissions, owner, etc be the same, also?}
1896
1897 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1898 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1899 the files in the directory again.
1900
1901 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1902 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1903
1904 @smallexample
1905 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1906 @end smallexample
1907
1908 @noindent
1909 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1910 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1911 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1912 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1913 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1914 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1915 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1916 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1917 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1918 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1919 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1920 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1921 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1922 @value{op-list}.
1923
1924 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1925 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1926 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1927 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1928 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1929 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1930 (@pxref{list}).
1931
1932 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1933 with the @option{--to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1934 Output}).
1935
1936 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1937 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1938
1939 @node extract dir
1940 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1941
1942 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1943 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1944 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1945 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1946 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1947 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1948 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1949 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1950 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1951 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted.
1952
1953 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1954 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1955 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1956
1957 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1958 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1959 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1960 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1961 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1962 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1963 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1964 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1965 following command:
1966
1967 @smallexample
1968 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1969 @end smallexample
1970
1971 @FIXME{need to show tar's response; used verbose above. also, here's a
1972 good place to demonstrate the -v -v thing. have to write that up
1973 (should be trivial, but i'm too tired!).}
1974
1975 @noindent
1976 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1977 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1978 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1979 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1980
1981 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1982 will be.}
1983
1984 @node extracting untrusted archives
1985 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1986
1987 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1988 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1989 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1990 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1991 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1992 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1993 extract it as follows:
1994
1995 @smallexample
1996 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1997 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1998 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1999 @end smallexample
2000
2001 @node failing commands
2002 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2003
2004 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2005 they won't work.
2006
2007 If you try to use this command,
2008
2009 @smallexample
2010 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2011 @end smallexample
2012
2013 @noindent
2014 you will get the following response:
2015
2016 @smallexample
2017 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2018 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2019 $
2020 @end smallexample
2021
2022 @noindent
2023 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2024 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2025 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2026
2027 @smallexample
2028 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2029 practice/folk
2030 practice/jazz
2031 practice/rock
2032 @end smallexample
2033
2034 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2035 order...}
2036
2037 @noindent
2038 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2046 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2047 files from the archive.
2048
2049 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2050 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2051
2052 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2053
2054 @node going further
2055 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2056
2057 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2058 be in the rest of the manual.}
2059
2060 @node tar invocation
2061 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2062 @UNREVISED
2063
2064 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2065 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2066 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2067 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2068 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2069 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2070 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2071 depending on what the operation is.
2072
2073 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2074 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2075 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2076 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2077 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2078
2079 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2080 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2081 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2082 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2083 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2084 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2085
2086 @menu
2087 * Synopsis::
2088 * using tar options::
2089 * Styles::
2090 * All Options::
2091 * help::
2092 * verbose::
2093 * interactive::
2094 @end menu
2095
2096 @node Synopsis
2097 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2098
2099 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2100
2101 @smallexample
2102 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2103 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2104 @end smallexample
2105
2106 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2107
2108 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2109 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2110 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2111 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2112 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2113 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2114 @command{tar} is to act on.
2115
2116 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2117 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2118 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2119 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2120
2121 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2122 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2123 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2124 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2125 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2126 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2127 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2128 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2129 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2130
2131 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2132 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2133 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2134 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2135 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2136 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2137
2138 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2139 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2140 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2141 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2142
2143 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2144 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2145 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2146 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2147 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2148 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2149 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2150 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2151 sufficient for this.
2152
2153 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2154 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2155 @value{op-files-from} option.
2156
2157 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2158 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2159 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2160 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2161 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2162 on the entire contents of the archive.
2163
2164 @cindex exit status
2165 @cindex return status
2166 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2167 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2168 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2169 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2170 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2171 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2172 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2173 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2174 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2175 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2176 the error.
2177
2178 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2179 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2180 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2181 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2182 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2183 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2184
2185 @node using tar options
2186 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2187
2188 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2189 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2190 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2191 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2192 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2193 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2194 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2195 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2196 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2197 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2198
2199 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2200 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2201 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2202 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2203 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2204 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2205 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2206 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2207 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2208 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2209 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2210 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2211
2212 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2213 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2214 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2215 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2216 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2217 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2218 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2219
2220 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2221 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2222 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2223 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2224 write @value{op-list}.
2225
2226 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2227 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2228 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2229 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2230 styles.
2231
2232 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2233 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2234 incorporated.}
2235
2236 @node Styles
2237 @section The Three Option Styles
2238
2239 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2240 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2241 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2242 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2243
2244 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2245 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2246 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2247 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2248 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2249 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2250 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2251 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2252 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2253 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2254 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2255 feel comfortable with the others.
2256
2257 @FIXME{hag to write a brief paragraph on the option(s) which can
2258 optionally take an argument}
2259
2260 @menu
2261 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2262 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2263 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2264 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2265 @end menu
2266
2267 @node Mnemonic Options
2268 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2269
2270 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2271 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2272
2273 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2274 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2275 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2276 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2277 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2278 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2279 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2280 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2281 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2282 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2283 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2284 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2285 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2286 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2287 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2288
2289 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2290 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2291 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2292
2293 @smallexample
2294 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2295 @end smallexample
2296
2297 @noindent
2298 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2299 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2300
2301 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2302 immediately following the option name; they are introduced by an equal
2303 sign. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which tells the name
2304 of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as @file{archive.tar}
2305 as argument by using the notation @samp{--file=archive.tar} for the
2306 mnemonic option.
2307
2308 @node Short Options
2309 @subsection Short Option Style
2310
2311 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2312 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2313 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2314 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2315
2316 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2317
2318 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2319 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2320 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2321 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2322 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2323 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2324 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2325 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2326
2327 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2328 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2329 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2330 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2331 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2332 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2333 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2334 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2335
2336 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2337 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2338 For example:
2339
2340 @smallexample
2341 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2342 @end smallexample
2343
2344 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2345 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2346 end up overwriting files.
2347
2348 @node Old Options
2349 @subsection Old Option Style
2350 @UNREVISED
2351
2352 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2353 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2354 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2355 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2356 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2357 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2358 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2359 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2360 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2361 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2362 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2363 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2364
2365 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2366
2367 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2368 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2369 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2370 style as follows:
2371
2372 @smallexample
2373 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2374 @end smallexample
2375
2376 @noindent
2377 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2378 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2379
2380 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2381 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2382 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2383 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2384 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2385 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2386 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2387 pertain to.
2388
2389 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2390 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2391
2392 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2393 users. For example, the two commands:
2394
2395 @smallexample
2396 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2397 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2398 @end smallexample
2399
2400 @noindent
2401 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2402 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2403 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2404 @samp{f}---probably not what was intended.
2405
2406 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2407
2408 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2409 following are equivalent:
2410
2411 @smallexample
2412 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2413 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2414 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2418
2419 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2420 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2421 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2422 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2423 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2424 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2425 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2426 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2427 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2428
2429 @node Mixing
2430 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2431
2432 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2433 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2434 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2435 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2436 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2437 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2438 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2439 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2440 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2441 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2442 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2443 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2444 style options.
2445
2446 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2447 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2448
2449 @smallexample
2450 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2451 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2452 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2453 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2454 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2455 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2456 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2457 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2458 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2459 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2460 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2461 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2462 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2463 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2464 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2465 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2466 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2467 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2468 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2469 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2470 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2471 @end smallexample
2472
2473 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2474 the previous set:
2475
2476 @smallexample
2477 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2478 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2479 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2480 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2481 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2482 @end smallexample
2483
2484 @noindent
2485 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2486 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2487 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2488 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2489 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2490 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2491 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2492 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2493 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2494 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2495 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2496
2497 @node All Options
2498 @section All @command{tar} Options
2499
2500 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2501 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2502 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2503 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2504 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2505 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2506
2507 @menu
2508 * Operation Summary::
2509 * Option Summary::
2510 * Short Option Summary::
2511 @end menu
2512
2513 @node Operation Summary
2514 @subsection Operations
2515
2516 @table @kbd
2517
2518 @item --append
2519 @itemx -r
2520
2521 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2522
2523 @item --catenate
2524 @itemx -A
2525
2526 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2527
2528 @item --compare
2529 @itemx -d
2530
2531 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2532 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2533 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2534
2535 @item --concatenate
2536 @itemx -A
2537
2538 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2539 @xref{concatenate}.
2540
2541 @item --create
2542 @itemx -c
2543
2544 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2545
2546 @item --delete
2547
2548 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2549 tape! @xref{delete}.
2550
2551 @item --diff
2552 @itemx -d
2553
2554 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2555
2556 @item --extract
2557 @itemx -x
2558
2559 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2560
2561 @item --get
2562 @itemx -x
2563
2564 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2565
2566 @item --list
2567 @itemx -t
2568
2569 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2570
2571 @item --update
2572 @itemx -u
2573
2574 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2575 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2576 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2577 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2578 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2579 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2580 @xref{update}.
2581
2582 @end table
2583
2584 @node Option Summary
2585 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2586
2587 @table @kbd
2588
2589 @item --absolute-names
2590 @itemx -P
2591
2592 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2593 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2594 @FIXME-xref{}
2595
2596 @item --after-date
2597
2598 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2599
2600 @item --anchored
2601 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2602 @FIXME-xref{}
2603
2604 @item --atime-preserve
2605
2606 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2607 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2608 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2609 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2610 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2611 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2612 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2613 unless you're root.
2614 @FIXME-xref{}
2615
2616 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2617
2618 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2619 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2620 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2621
2622 @item --block-number
2623 @itemx -R
2624
2625 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2626 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2627
2628 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2629 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2630
2631 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2632 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2633
2634 @item --bzip2
2635 @itemx -j
2636
2637 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2638 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2639
2640 @item --checkpoint
2641
2642 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2643 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2644 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2645 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2646
2647 @item --check-links
2648 @itemx -l
2649 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2650 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2651 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2652 output.
2653
2654 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2655 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2656 semantics for @option{-l}.
2657
2658 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2659
2660 @item --compress
2661 @itemx --uncompress
2662 @itemx -Z
2663
2664 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2665 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2666 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2667
2668 @item --confirmation
2669
2670 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2671
2672 @item --dereference
2673 @itemx -h
2674
2675 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2676 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2677 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2678
2679 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2680 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2681
2682 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2683 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2684 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2685
2686 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2687
2688 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2689 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2690
2691 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2692 @itemx -X @var{file}
2693
2694 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2695 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2696
2697 @item --file=@var{archive}
2698 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2699
2700 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2701 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2702 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2703
2704 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2705 @itemx -T @var{file}
2706
2707 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2708 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2709 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2710
2711 @item --force-local
2712
2713 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2714 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2715 @FIXME-xref{}
2716
2717 @item --format=@var{format}
2718
2719 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2720 following:
2721
2722 @table @samp
2723 @item v7
2724 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2725
2726 @item oldgnu
2727 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2728 1.12 or earlier.
2729
2730 @item gnu
2731 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2732 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2733 numeric fields.
2734
2735 @item ustar
2736 Creates a POSIX.1-1988 compatible archive.
2737
2738 @item posix
2739 Creates a POSIX.1-2001 archive.
2740
2741 @end table
2742
2743 @item --group=@var{group}
2744
2745 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2746 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2747 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2748 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2749
2750 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2751
2752 @item --gzip
2753 @itemx --gunzip
2754 @itemx --ungzip
2755 @itemx -z
2756
2757 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2758 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2759 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2760
2761 @item --help
2762
2763 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2764 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2765
2766 @item --ignore-case
2767 Ignore case when excluding files.
2768 @FIXME-xref{}
2769
2770 @item --ignore-failed-read
2771
2772 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2773 @xref{Reading}.
2774
2775 @item --ignore-zeros
2776 @itemx -i
2777
2778 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2779 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2780
2781 @item --incremental
2782 @itemx -G
2783
2784 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2785 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2786 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2787
2788 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2789
2790 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2791
2792 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2793 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2794 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2795
2796 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2797 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2798 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2799
2800 @item --interactive
2801 @itemx --confirmation
2802 @itemx -w
2803
2804 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2805 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2806 @FIXME-xref{}
2807
2808 @item --keep-old-files
2809 @itemx -k
2810
2811 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2812 @xref{Writing}.
2813
2814 @item --label=@var{name}
2815 @itemx -V @var{name}
2816
2817 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2818 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2819 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2820 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2821
2822 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2823 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2824
2825 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2826 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2827 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2828 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2829 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2830
2831 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2832
2833 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2834 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2835 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2836 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2837 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2838 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2839 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2840 permission system.
2841
2842 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2843 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2844 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2845 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2846 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2847
2848 @item --multi-volume
2849 @itemx -M
2850
2851 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2852 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2853
2854 @item --new-volume-script
2855
2856 (see --info-script)
2857
2858 @item --newer=@var{date}
2859 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2860 @itemx -N
2861
2862 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2863 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2864 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2865 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2866
2867 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2868
2869 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2870 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2871 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2872
2873 @item --no-anchored
2874 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2875 @FIXME-xref{}
2876
2877 @item --no-ignore-case
2878 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2879 @FIXME-xref{}
2880
2881 @item --no-recursion
2882
2883 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2884 @FIXME-xref{}
2885
2886 @item --no-same-owner
2887 @itemx -o
2888
2889 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2890 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2891 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2892
2893 @item --no-same-permissions
2894
2895 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2896 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2897 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2898
2899 @item --no-wildcards
2900 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2901 @FIXME-xref{}
2902
2903 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2904 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2905 @FIXME-xref{}
2906
2907 @item --null
2908
2909 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2910 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2911 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2912 @FIXME-xref{}
2913
2914 @item --numeric-owner
2915
2916 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2917 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2918 @FIXME-xref{}
2919
2920 @item -o
2921 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2922 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2923 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2924
2925 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2926 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2927 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2928 removed in the future releases.
2929
2930 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2931
2932 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2933
2934 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2935 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2936 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2937 line or via @option{-T} option.
2938
2939 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2940 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2941
2942 @smallexample
2943 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2944 @end smallexample
2945
2946 @noindent
2947 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2948 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2949
2950 @item --old-archive
2951 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2952
2953 @item --one-file-system
2954 @itemx -l
2955 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2956 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2957 directory.
2958
2959 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2960 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2961 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2962 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2963 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2964
2965 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2966
2967 @item --overwrite
2968
2969 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2970 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2971
2972 @item --overwrite-dir
2973
2974 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2975 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2976
2977 @item --owner=@var{user}
2978
2979 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2980 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2981 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2982 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2983 @FIXME-xref{}
2984
2985 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2986 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2987 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2988 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2989
2990 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2991
2992 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2993
2994 This option is meaningful only with POSIX.1-2001 archives
2995 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2996 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2997 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2998 the following forms:
2999
3000 @table @asis
3001 @item delete=@var{pattern}
3002 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
3003 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
3004 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
3005
3006 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
3007 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
3008 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
3009 matching notation described in POSIX 1003.2, 3.13 (@FIXME-xref{}, see
3010 man 7 glob). For example:
3011
3012 @smallexample
3013 --pax-option delete=security.*
3014 @end smallexample
3015
3016 would suppress security-related information.
3017
3018 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
3019
3020 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
3021 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
3022 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
3023
3024 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3025 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3026 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
3027 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
3028 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
3029 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
3030 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3031 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3032 @end multitable
3033
3034 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
3035 results.
3036
3037 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3038 will use the following default value:
3039
3040 @smallexample
3041 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
3042 @end smallexample
3043
3044 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
3045 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
3046 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
3047 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
3048 following character substitutions have been made:
3049
3050 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3051 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3052 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
3053 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
3054 starting at 1.
3055 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3056 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3057 @end multitable
3058
3059 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
3060
3061 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3062 will use the following default value:
3063
3064 @smallexample
3065 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
3066 @end smallexample
3067
3068 @noindent
3069 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
3070 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
3071 uses @samp{/tmp}.
3072
3073 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3074 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3075 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
3076 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
3077 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
3078 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
3079 record.
3080
3081 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
3082 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3083 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
3084 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3085 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
3086
3087 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
3088 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
3089 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
3090 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
3091 For example, in the command:
3092
3093 @smallexample
3094 tar --format=posix --create \
3095 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
3096 @end smallexample
3097
3098 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
3099 stored in the archive.
3100 @end table
3101
3102 @item --portability
3103 @itemx --old-archive
3104 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3105
3106 @item --posix
3107 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3108
3109 @item --preserve
3110
3111 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
3112 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3113
3114 @item --preserve-order
3115
3116 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3117
3118 @item --preserve-permissions
3119 @itemx --same-permissions
3120 @itemx -p
3121
3122 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3123 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3124 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3125 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3126 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3127
3128 @item --read-full-records
3129 @itemx -B
3130
3131 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3132 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3133
3134 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3135
3136 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3137 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3138
3139 @item --recursion
3140
3141 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3142 @FIXME-xref{}
3143
3144 @item --recursive-unlink
3145
3146 Remove existing
3147 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3148 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3149
3150 @item --remove-files
3151
3152 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3153 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3154
3155 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3156
3157 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3158 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3159
3160 @item --same-order
3161 @itemx --preserve-order
3162 @itemx -s
3163
3164 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3165 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3166 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3167 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3168
3169 @item --same-owner
3170
3171 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3172 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3173 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3174 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3175
3176 @item --same-permissions
3177
3178 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3179
3180 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3181
3182 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3183 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3184
3185 @item --sparse
3186 @itemx -S
3187
3188 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3189 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3190
3191 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3192 @itemx -K @var{name}
3193
3194 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3195 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3196 @xref{Scarce}.
3197
3198 @item --strip-path=@var{number}
3199 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3200 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3201 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3202
3203 @smallexample
3204 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-path=2
3205 @end smallexample
3206
3207 @noindent
3208 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3209
3210 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3211
3212 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3213 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3214
3215 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3216 @itemx -L @var{num}
3217
3218 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3219 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3220
3221 @item --to-stdout
3222 @itemx -O
3223
3224 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3225 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3226
3227 @item --totals
3228
3229 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3230 @FIXME-xref{}
3231
3232 @item --touch
3233 @itemx -m
3234
3235 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3236 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3237 @xref{Writing}.
3238
3239 @item --uncompress
3240
3241 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3242
3243 @item --ungzip
3244
3245 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3246
3247 @item --unlink-first
3248 @itemx -U
3249
3250 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3251 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3252
3253 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3254
3255 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3256 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3257
3258 @item --verbose
3259 @itemx -v
3260
3261 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3262 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3263 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3264
3265 @item --verify
3266 @itemx -W
3267
3268 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3269 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3270
3271 @item --version
3272
3273 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3274 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3275 @FIXME-xref{}
3276
3277 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3278
3279 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3280 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3281 @FIXME-xref{}
3282
3283 @item --wildcards
3284 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3285 @FIXME-xref{}
3286
3287 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3288 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3289 @FIXME-xref{}
3290 @end table
3291
3292 @node Short Option Summary
3293 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3294
3295 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3296 them with the equivalent long option.
3297
3298 @table @kbd
3299
3300 @item -A
3301
3302 @samp{--concatenate}
3303
3304 @item -B
3305
3306 @samp{--read-full-records}
3307
3308 @item -C
3309
3310 @samp{--directory}
3311
3312 @item -F
3313
3314 @samp{--info-script}
3315
3316 @item -G
3317
3318 @samp{--incremental}
3319
3320 @item -K
3321
3322 @samp{--starting-file}
3323
3324 @item -L
3325
3326 @samp{--tape-length}
3327
3328 @item -M
3329
3330 @samp{--multi-volume}
3331
3332 @item -N
3333
3334 @samp{--newer}
3335
3336 @item -O
3337
3338 @samp{--to-stdout}
3339
3340 @item -P
3341
3342 @samp{--absolute-names}
3343
3344 @item -R
3345
3346 @samp{--block-number}
3347
3348 @item -S
3349
3350 @samp{--sparse}
3351
3352 @item -T
3353
3354 @samp{--files-from}
3355
3356 @item -U
3357
3358 @samp{--unlink-first}
3359
3360 @item -V
3361
3362 @samp{--label}
3363
3364 @item -W
3365
3366 @samp{--verify}
3367
3368 @item -X
3369
3370 @samp{--exclude-from}
3371
3372 @item -Z
3373
3374 @samp{--compress}
3375
3376 @item -b
3377
3378 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3379
3380 @item -c
3381
3382 @samp{--create}
3383
3384 @item -d
3385
3386 @samp{--compare}
3387
3388 @item -f
3389
3390 @samp{--file}
3391
3392 @item -g
3393
3394 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3395
3396 @item -h
3397
3398 @samp{--dereference}
3399
3400 @item -i
3401
3402 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3403
3404 @item -j
3405
3406 @samp{--bzip2}
3407
3408 @item -k
3409
3410 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3411
3412 @item -l
3413
3414 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3415 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3416 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3417
3418 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3419
3420 @item -m
3421
3422 @samp{--touch}
3423
3424 @item -o
3425
3426 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3427 @samp{--portability}.
3428
3429 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3430 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3431 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3432
3433 @item -p
3434
3435 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3436
3437 @item -r
3438
3439 @samp{--append}
3440
3441 @item -s
3442
3443 @samp{--same-order}
3444
3445 @item -t
3446
3447 @samp{--list}
3448
3449 @item -u
3450
3451 @samp{--update}
3452
3453 @item -v
3454
3455 @samp{--verbose}
3456
3457 @item -w
3458
3459 @samp{--interactive}
3460
3461 @item -x
3462
3463 @samp{--extract}
3464
3465 @item -z
3466
3467 @samp{--gzip}
3468
3469 @end table
3470
3471 @node help
3472 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3473
3474 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3475 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3476 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3477 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3478 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3479 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3480 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3481 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3482
3483 @smallexample
3484 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3485 @end smallexample
3486
3487 @noindent
3488 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3489 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3490 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3491 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3492 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3493 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3494 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3495 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3496 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3497 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3498
3499 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3500 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3501 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3502 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3503 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3504 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3505 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3506 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3507 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3508 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3509
3510 @smallexample
3511 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3512 @end smallexample
3513
3514 @noindent
3515 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3516 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3517 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3518 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3519
3520 @smallexample
3521 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3522 @end smallexample
3523
3524 @noindent
3525 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3526
3527 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3528 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3529 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3530 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3531 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3532
3533 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3534 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3535 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3536 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3537 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3538 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3539 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3540 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3541 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3542 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3543 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3544 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3545 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3546 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3547
3548 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3549 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3550 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3551 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3552 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3553 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3554
3555 @node verbose
3556 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3557
3558 @cindex Progress information
3559 @cindex Status information
3560 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3561 @cindex Verbose operation
3562 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3563 @cindex Error message, block number of
3564 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3565
3566 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3567 @cindex Information during operation
3568 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3569
3570 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3571 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3572 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3573 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3574 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3575 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3576 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3577 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3578 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3579 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3580 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3581 helpful diagnostic tools.
3582
3583 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3584 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3585 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3586 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3587 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3588 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3589
3590 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3591 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3592 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3593 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3594 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3595 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3596 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3597 long list output:
3598
3599 @smallexample
3600 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3601 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3602 @end smallexample
3603
3604 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3605 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3606 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3607 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3608 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3609
3610 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3611 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3612 error.
3613
3614 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3615 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3616 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3617
3618 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3619 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3620 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3621 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3622 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3623 is actually making forward progress.
3624
3625 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3626 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3627
3628 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3629 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3630 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3631 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3632 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3633 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3634 some other reason.
3635
3636 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3637 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3638 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3639 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3640 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3641 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3642 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3643 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3644 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3645 archive from a pipe.
3646
3647 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3648 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3649 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3650 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3651 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3652 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3653 backup section written.}
3654
3655 @node interactive
3656 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3657 @cindex Interactive operation
3658
3659 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3660 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3661 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3662 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3663 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3664 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3665 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3666
3667 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3668 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3669 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3670 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3671 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3672 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3673 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3674 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3675 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3676
3677 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3678 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3679 communications.
3680
3681 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3682 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3683 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3684 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3685 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3686 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3687 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3688 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3689 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3690 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3691 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3692
3693 @node operations
3694 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3695
3696 @menu
3697 * Basic tar::
3698 * Advanced tar::
3699 * create options::
3700 * extract options::
3701 * backup::
3702 * Applications::
3703 * looking ahead::
3704 @end menu
3705
3706 @node Basic tar
3707 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3708
3709 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3710 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3711 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3712 for these operations.
3713
3714 @table @asis
3715 @item @value{op-create}
3716
3717 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3718 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3719 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3720 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3721 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3722 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3723 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3724 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3725 common errors are:
3726
3727 @enumerate
3728 @item
3729 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3730 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3731 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3732 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3733 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3734 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3735
3736 @item
3737 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3738 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3739 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3740 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3741 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3742 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3743 @end enumerate
3744
3745 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3746 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3747 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3748 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3749 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3750 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3751 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3752 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3753
3754 @smallexample
3755 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3756 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3757 @end smallexample
3758
3759 @item @value{op-extract}
3760
3761 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3762
3763 @item @value{op-list}
3764
3765 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3766 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3767 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3768 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3769 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3770 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3771 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3772 that's really the way to go.
3773
3774 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3775 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3776
3777 @end table
3778
3779 @node Advanced tar
3780 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3781
3782 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3783 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3784
3785 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3786 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3787 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3788 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3789 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3790 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3791 error correction in special circumstances.
3792
3793 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3794 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3795
3796 @menu
3797 * Operations::
3798 * append::
3799 * update::
3800 * concatenate::
3801 * delete::
3802 * compare::
3803 @end menu
3804
3805 @node Operations
3806 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3807 @UNREVISED
3808
3809 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3810 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3811 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3812 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3813
3814 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3815 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3816 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3817 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3818 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3819 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3820 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3821 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3822
3823 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3824 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3825 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3826 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3827
3828 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3829 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3830 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3831 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3832 where the last chapter left them.)
3833
3834 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3835
3836 @table @kbd
3837 @item --append
3838 @itemx -r
3839 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3840 @item --update
3841 @itemx -r
3842 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3843 they exist.
3844 @item --concatenate
3845 @itemx --catenate
3846 @itemx -A
3847 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3848 @item --delete
3849 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3850 @item --compare
3851 @itemx --diff
3852 @itemx -d
3853 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3854 @end table
3855
3856 @node append
3857 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3858 @UNREVISED
3859
3860 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3861 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3862 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3863 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3864 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3865 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3866
3867 @FIXME{Explain in second paragraph whether you can get to the previous
3868 version -- explain whole situation somewhat more clearly.}
3869
3870 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3871 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3872 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3873 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite numbers of files
3874 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3875 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3876 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3877 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3878
3879 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3880 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3881 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3882 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3883 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3884 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3885 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3886 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3887 will not prompt you about this. Thus, only the most recently archived
3888 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3889 extracted before it, and so on.
3890
3891 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3892 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...}
3893
3894 There are a few ways to get around this. @FIXME-xref{Multiple Members
3895 with the Same Name.}
3896
3897 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3898 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3899 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3900 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3901 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3902 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3903 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3904 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3905 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3906 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3907
3908 @menu
3909 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3910 * multiple::
3911 @end menu
3912
3913 @node appending files
3914 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3915 @UNREVISED
3916 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3917 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3918 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3919
3920 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3921 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3922 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3923 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3924 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3925 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3926 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3927 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3928 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3929 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3930
3931 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3932 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3933 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3934 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3935
3936 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3937 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3938 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3939 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3940 @file{collection.tar}:
3941
3942 @smallexample
3943 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3944 @end smallexample
3945
3946 @noindent
3947 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3948 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3949
3950 @smallexample
3951 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3952 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3953 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3954 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3955 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3956 @end smallexample
3957
3958 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3959 title claims it will become...}
3960
3961 @node multiple
3962 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3963
3964 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3965 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3966 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3967 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3968 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3969 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3970 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3971 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3972 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3973 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that re explicitly don't
3974 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3975 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3976 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3977 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3978 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3979 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3980 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3981 versions of the file.
3982
3983 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3984 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3985 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3986 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3987 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3988 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3989 newer version when it is extracted.
3990
3991 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3992 archive in this way:
3993
3994 @smallexample
3995 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3996 blues
3997 @end smallexample
3998
3999 @noindent
4000 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4001 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4002 list the contents of the archive:
4003
4004 @smallexample
4005 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4006 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4007 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4008 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4009 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4010 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4011 @end smallexample
4012
4013 @noindent
4014 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4015 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4016 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4017 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4018 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory. @xref{Writing},
4019 for more information. (@emph{Please note:} This is the case unless
4020 you employ the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members
4021 with the Same Name}.)
4022
4023 @node update
4024 @subsection Updating an Archive
4025 @UNREVISED
4026 @cindex Updating an archive
4027
4028 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
4029 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4030 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
4031 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
4032 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
4033 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
4034 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
4035
4036 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4037 The operation will fail.
4038
4039 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4040 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4041
4042 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
4043 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4044 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4045 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
4046 Same Name}
4047
4048 @menu
4049 * how to update::
4050 @end menu
4051
4052 @node how to update
4053 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
4054
4055 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
4056 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
4057 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
4058 you).
4059
4060 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4061 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
4062
4063 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4064 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4065 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4066 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
4067 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
4068 arguments:
4069
4070 @smallexample
4071 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4072 blues
4073 classical
4074 $
4075 @end smallexample
4076
4077 @noindent
4078 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4079 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4080 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4081 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4082 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4083 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4084 updating it.
4085
4086 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4087 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4088 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4089 information about tapes.
4090
4091 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
4092 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4093 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4094 options intended specifically for backups are more
4095 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4096
4097 @node concatenate
4098 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
4099
4100 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4101 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4102 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4103 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4104 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4105 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
4106
4107 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
4108 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
4109 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
4110 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
4111 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
4112 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4113 Members with the Same Name.}
4114
4115 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4116 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4117 files from @file{practice}:
4118
4119 @smallexample
4120 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4121 blues
4122 classical
4123 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4124 folk
4125 jazz
4126 @end smallexample
4127
4128 @noindent
4129 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4130 contain what they are supposed to:
4131
4132 @smallexample
4133 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4134 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4135 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4136 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4137 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4138 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4139 @end smallexample
4140
4141 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4142
4143 @smallexample
4144 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4145 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4146 @end smallexample
4147
4148 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4149 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4150
4151 @smallexample
4152 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4153 blues
4154 rock
4155 jazz
4156 folk
4157 @end smallexample
4158
4159 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4160 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4161 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4162 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4163 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4164 new name?}
4165
4166 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4167 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4168
4169 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4170 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4171 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4172 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4173 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4174
4175 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4176 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4177 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4178 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4179 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4180 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4181 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4182 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4183 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4184 @command{cat} shell utility.
4185
4186 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4187 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4188 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4189 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4190 default archive name.
4191
4192 @node delete
4193 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4194 @UNREVISED
4195 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4196 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4197
4198 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4199 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4200 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4201 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4202 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4203 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4204 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4205 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4206 very slowly.
4207
4208 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4209
4210 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4211 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4212 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4213 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4214 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4215 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4216 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4217 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4218 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4219 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4220
4221 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4222 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4223 are in that directory, and then,
4224
4225 @smallexample
4226 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4227 blues
4228 folk
4229 jazz
4230 rock
4231 practice/blues
4232 practice/folk
4233 practice/jazz
4234 practice/rock
4235 practice/blues
4236 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4237 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4238 folk
4239 jazz
4240 rock
4241 $
4242 @end smallexample
4243
4244 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4245 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4246 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4247
4248 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4249 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4250
4251 @node compare
4252 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4253 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4254 @UNREVISED
4255
4256 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4257 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4258 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4259 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4260 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4261 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4262 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4263
4264 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4265 archive with a non-default record size.
4266
4267 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4268 corresponding members in the archive.
4269
4270 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4271 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4272 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4273 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4274
4275 @smallexample
4276 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4277 rock
4278 blues
4279 tar: funk not found in archive
4280 @end smallexample
4281
4282 @noindent
4283 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4284 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4285 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4286 such as:
4287
4288 @smallexample
4289 funk: does not exist
4290 @end smallexample
4291
4292 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4293 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4294 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4295
4296 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4297 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4298 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4299
4300 @node create options
4301 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4302
4303 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4304 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4305 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4306 @samp{--create}.
4307
4308 @menu
4309 * Ignore Failed Read::
4310 @end menu
4311
4312 @node Ignore Failed Read
4313 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4314
4315 @table @kbd
4316 @item --ignore-failed-read
4317 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4318 @end table
4319
4320 @node extract options
4321 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4322 @UNREVISED
4323
4324 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4325 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4326
4327 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4328 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4329 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4330 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4331 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4332 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4333 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4334 @samp{--extract} operation.
4335
4336 @menu
4337 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4338 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4339 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4340 @end menu
4341
4342 @node Reading
4343 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4344 @cindex Options when reading archives
4345 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4346 @cindex Records, incomplete
4347 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4348 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4349 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4350 @cindex Small memory
4351 @cindex Running out of space
4352 @UNREVISED
4353
4354 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4355 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4356 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4357 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4358 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4359 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4360 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4361 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4362 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4363
4364 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4365 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4366 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4367 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4368 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4369 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4370
4371 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4372 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4373 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4374 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4375 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4376
4377 @menu
4378 * read full records::
4379 * Ignore Zeros::
4380 @end menu
4381
4382 @node read full records
4383 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4384
4385 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4386
4387 @table @kbd
4388 @item --read-full-records
4389 @item -B
4390 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4391 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4392 than the one specified.
4393 @end table
4394
4395 @node Ignore Zeros
4396 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4397
4398 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4399 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4400 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4401 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4402 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4403 together).
4404
4405 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4406 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4407 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4408 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4409 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4410
4411 @table @kbd
4412 @item --ignore-zeros
4413 @itemx -i
4414 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4415 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4416 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4417 @end table
4418
4419 @node Writing
4420 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4421 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4422 @cindex Protecting old files
4423 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4424 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4425 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4426 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4427 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4428 @UNREVISED
4429
4430 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4431
4432 @menu
4433 * Dealing with Old Files::
4434 * Overwrite Old Files::
4435 * Keep Old Files::
4436 * Unlink First::
4437 * Recursive Unlink::
4438 * Modification Times::
4439 * Setting Access Permissions::
4440 * Writing to Standard Output::
4441 * remove files::
4442 @end menu
4443
4444 @node Dealing with Old Files
4445 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4446
4447 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4448 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4449 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4450 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4451 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4452 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4453 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4454 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4455 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4456
4457 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4458 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4459 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4460 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4461 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4462
4463 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4464 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4465 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4466
4467 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4468 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4469 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4470 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4471 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4472 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4473 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4474 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4475 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4476 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4477 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4478 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4479 @file{/usr/local2}, of course! @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4480 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4481 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4482 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4483 removed.
4484
4485 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4486 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4487 before extracting them.
4488
4489 @node Overwrite Old Files
4490 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4491
4492 @table @kbd
4493 @item --overwrite
4494 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4495 from an archive.
4496
4497 This
4498 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4499 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4500 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4501 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4502 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4503 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4504 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4505 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4506 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4507 they are in the way of extraction.
4508
4509 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4510 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4511 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4512 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4513 are currently being executed.
4514
4515 @item --overwrite-dir
4516 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4517 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4518 @end table
4519
4520 @node Keep Old Files
4521 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4522
4523 @table @kbd
4524 @item --keep-old-files
4525 @itemx -k
4526 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4527 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4528 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4529 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4530 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4531 extraction.
4532 @end table
4533
4534 @node Unlink First
4535 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4536
4537 @table @kbd
4538 @item --unlink-first
4539 @itemx -U
4540 Remove files before extracting over them.
4541 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4542 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4543 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4544 @end table
4545
4546 @node Recursive Unlink
4547 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4548
4549 @table @kbd
4550 @item --recursive-unlink
4551 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4552 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4553 @end table
4554
4555 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4556 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4557 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4558 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4559
4560 @node Modification Times
4561 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4562
4563 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4564 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4565 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4566 setting.
4567
4568 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4569 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4570 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4571
4572 @table @kbd
4573 @item --touch
4574 @itemx -m
4575 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4576 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4577 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4578 @end table
4579
4580 @node Setting Access Permissions
4581 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4582
4583 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4584 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4585 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4586 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4587
4588 @table @kbd
4589 @item --preserve-permission
4590 @itemx --same-permission
4591 @itemx --ignore-umask
4592 @itemx -p
4593 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4594 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4595 @value{op-extract}.
4596 @end table
4597
4598 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4599 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4600 more than one file?}
4601
4602 @node Writing to Standard Output
4603 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4604
4605 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4606 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4607 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4608 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4609 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4610 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4611 found in the archive.
4612
4613 @table @kbd
4614 @item --to-stdout
4615 @itemx -O
4616 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4617 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4618 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4619 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4620 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4621 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4622 @end table
4623
4624 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4625 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4626 it. You can use a command like this:
4627
4628 @smallexample
4629 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4630 @end smallexample
4631
4632 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4633
4634 @smallexample
4635 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4636 @end smallexample
4637
4638 @node remove files
4639 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4640
4641 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4642 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4643 else in the book...}
4644
4645 @table @kbd
4646 @item --remove-files
4647 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4648 @end table
4649
4650 @node Scarce
4651 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4652 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4653 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4654 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4655 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4656 @UNREVISED
4657
4658 @menu
4659 * Starting File::
4660 * Same Order::
4661 @end menu
4662
4663 @node Starting File
4664 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4665
4666 @table @kbd
4667 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4668 @itemx -K @var{name}
4669 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4670 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4671 @end table
4672
4673 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4674 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4675 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4676 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4677 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4678 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4679 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4680 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4681 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4682
4683 @node Same Order
4684 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4685
4686 @table @kbd
4687 @item --same-order
4688 @itemx --preserve-order
4689 @itemx -s
4690 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4691 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4692 @value{op-list}
4693 or @value{op-extract}.
4694 @end table
4695
4696 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4697 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4698 the option to exist in either version?}
4699
4700 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4701
4702 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4703 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4704 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4705 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4706 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4707 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4708
4709 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4710
4711 @node backup
4712 @section Backup options
4713
4714 @cindex backup options
4715
4716 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4717 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4718 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4719 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4720 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4721 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4722
4723 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4724 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4725 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4726 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4727 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4728 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4729 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4730 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4731 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4732 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4733
4734 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4735 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4736 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4737 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4738 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4739 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4740 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4741 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4742 refers to a remote file.
4743
4744 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4745 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4746 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4747 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4748 file are kept.
4749
4750 @table @samp
4751
4752 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4753 @opindex --backup
4754 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4755 @cindex backups
4756 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4757 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4758
4759 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4760 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4761 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4762 use the @samp{existing} method.
4763
4764 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4765 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4766 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4767 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4768
4769 @table @samp
4770 @item t
4771 @itemx numbered
4772 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4773 Always make numbered backups.
4774
4775 @item nil
4776 @itemx existing
4777 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4778 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4779 of the others.
4780
4781 @item never
4782 @itemx simple
4783 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4784 Always make simple backups.
4785
4786 @end table
4787
4788 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4789 @opindex --suffix
4790 @cindex backup suffix
4791 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4792 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4793 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4794 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4795 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4796
4797 @end table
4798
4799 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4800 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4801 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4802 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4803 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4804 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4805
4806 @smallexample
4807 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4808 @end smallexample
4809
4810 @node Applications
4811 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4812 @UNREVISED
4813
4814 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4815 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4816 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4817
4818 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4819
4820 @findex uuencode
4821 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4822 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4823 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4824 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4825 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4826 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4827 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4828 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4829
4830 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4831 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4832 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4833 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4834
4835 @smallexample
4836 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4837 @end smallexample
4838
4839 @noindent
4840 The command also works using short option forms:
4841
4842 @FIXME{The following using standard input/output correct??}
4843 @smallexample
4844 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4845 @end smallexample
4846
4847 @noindent
4848 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4849
4850 @node looking ahead
4851 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4852
4853 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4854 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4855 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4856 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4857 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4858 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4859 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4860 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4861 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4862 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4863
4864 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4865 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4866 @value{xref-files-from}.
4867
4868 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4869 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4870
4871 @node Backups
4872 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4873 @UNREVISED
4874
4875 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4876 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4877 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4878 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4879 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4880 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4881 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4882
4883 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4884 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4885 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4886 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4887
4888 @smallexample
4889 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4890 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4891 @end smallexample
4892
4893 @ifclear PUBLISH
4894
4895 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4896 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4897 distribution.
4898
4899 @smallexample
4900 .* dumps
4901 . + what are dumps
4902
4903 . + different levels of dumps
4904 . - full dump = dump everything
4905 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4906 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4907 n-1 dump (?)
4908
4909 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4910 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4911
4912 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4913 . - how to customize
4914 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4915
4916 . + Problems
4917 . - rsh doesn't work
4918 . - rtape isn't installed
4919 . - (others?)
4920
4921 . + the --incremental option of tar
4922
4923 . + tapes
4924 . - write protection
4925 . - types of media
4926 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4927 . - files and tape marks
4928 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4929 . - positioning the tape
4930 MT writes two at end of write,
4931 backspaces over one when writing again.
4932 @end smallexample
4933
4934 @end ifclear
4935
4936 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @command{tar}
4937 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4938
4939 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4940 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4941 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4942 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4943 called @dfn{dumps}.
4944
4945 @menu
4946 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4947 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4948 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4949 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4950 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4951 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4952 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4953 @end menu
4954
4955 @node Full Dumps
4956 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4957 @UNREVISED
4958
4959 @cindex full dumps
4960 @cindex dumps, full
4961
4962 @cindex corrupted archives
4963 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4964 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4965 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4966 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4967 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4968 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4969
4970 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4971 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4972 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4973
4974 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4975 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4976 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4977
4978 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4979 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4980 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4981
4982 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4983 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4984 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4985
4986 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4987 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4988 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4989 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4990 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4991 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4992
4993 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4994 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4995 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4996
4997 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4998
4999 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
5000
5001 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
5002 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
5003 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
5004 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
5005 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
5006 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
5007 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
5008 doing a complete incremental restore.
5009
5010 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5011 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5012 @command{tar} program.
5013
5014 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
5015 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
5016
5017 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
5018 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
5019 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5020 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5021 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5022 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5023 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5024 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5025 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
5026 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
5027 the data.
5028
5029 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
5030 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
5031 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
5032 deleted from the directory}.
5033
5034 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
5035 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
5036 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
5037 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
5038 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5039
5040 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
5041 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
5042 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
5043 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
5044 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
5045 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
5046 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
5047
5048 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5049 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
5050 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
5051 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
5052 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
5053 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
5054 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
5055 appropriate files in the archive.
5056
5057 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
5058 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
5059 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
5060 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
5061 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
5062 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
5063 created.
5064
5065 @node Inc Dumps
5066 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5067 @UNREVISED
5068
5069 @cindex incremental dumps
5070 @cindex dumps, incremental
5071
5072 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
5073 although a few more options will usually be needed.
5074
5075 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
5076 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
5077 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
5078 monthly) dump.
5079
5080 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
5081 and @samp{/var}.
5082
5083 @smallexample
5084 #! /bin/sh
5085 tar --create \
5086 --blocking-factor=126 \
5087 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
5088 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
5089 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
5090 --verbose \
5091 /usr /var
5092 @end smallexample
5093
5094 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
5095 store information about the previous tar dump.
5096
5097 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
5098 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
5099 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
5100 largest blocking factor that can be used.
5101
5102 @node incremental and listed-incremental
5103 @section The Incremental Options
5104 @UNREVISED
5105
5106 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
5107 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
5108 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
5109 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
5110 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
5111 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
5112 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5113
5114 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5115 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5116 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5117 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5118 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5119 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5120
5121 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5122 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5123 @command{tar} program.
5124
5125 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5126 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5127 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5128 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5129 extract the files in the archive.
5130
5131 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5132 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5133 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5134 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5135 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5136
5137 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5138 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5139 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5140 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5141 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5142 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5143 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5144 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5145 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5146 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5147
5148 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5149 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5150 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5151 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5152 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5153 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5154 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5155 all appropriate files in the archive.
5156
5157 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5158 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5159 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5160 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5161 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5162 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5163 actually created.
5164
5165 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5166 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5167 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5168 backwards.
5169
5170 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5171 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5172 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5173 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5174 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5175 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5176 to be a better way to go.
5177
5178 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5179 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5180 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5181 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5182 @file{/dev/null}.
5183
5184 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5185
5186 @node Backup Levels
5187 @section Levels of Backups
5188 @UNREVISED
5189
5190 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5191 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5192 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5193 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5194 are daily re-archived.
5195
5196 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5197 files between full dumps, you can a incremental dump. A @dfn{level
5198 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5199 dump.
5200
5201 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5202 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5203 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5204 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5205 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5206 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5207 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5208 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5209
5210 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5211 and level-one dumps. Using scripts (shell programs) to perform
5212 backups and restoration is a convenient and reliable alternative to
5213 typing out file name lists and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5214
5215 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5216 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5217 scripts and by the restore script. @FIXME{There is no such restore
5218 script!}@FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}Once the backup parameters
5219 are set, you can perform backups or restoration by running the
5220 appropriate script.
5221
5222 The name of the restore script is @code{restore}. @FIXME{There is
5223 no such restore script!}The names of the level one and full backup
5224 scripts are, respectively, @code{level-1} and @code{level-0}.
5225 The @code{level-0} script also exists under the name @code{weekly}, and
5226 the @code{level-1} under the name @code{daily}---these additional names
5227 can be changed according to your backup schedule. @FIXME-xref{Scripted
5228 Restoration, for more information on running the restoration script.}
5229 @FIXME-xref{Scripted Backups, for more information on running the
5230 backup scripts.}
5231
5232 @emph{Please Note:} The backup scripts and the restoration scripts are
5233 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5234 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5235 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5236 it is easier to use the scripts.@FIXME{There is no such restore script!}
5237 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{xref-listed-incremental},
5238 before making such an attempt.
5239
5240 @FIXME{shorten node names}
5241
5242 @node Backup Parameters
5243 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5244 @UNREVISED
5245
5246 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5247 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5248 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5249 before using these scripts.
5250
5251 @FIXME{This about backup scripts needs to be written: BS is a shell
5252 script .... thus ... @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax.}
5253
5254 @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax, for an explanation of this syntax.}
5255
5256 @FIXME{Whats a parameter .... looked at by the backup scripts
5257 ... which will be expecting to find ... now syntax ... value is linked
5258 to lame ... @file{backup-specs} specifies the following parameters:}
5259
5260 @table @samp
5261 @item ADMINISTRATOR
5262 The user name of the backup administrator.
5263
5264 @item BACKUP_HOUR
5265 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5266 to 23, or the string @samp{now}.
5267
5268 @item TAPE_FILE
5269 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5270 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5271
5272 @FIXME{examples for all ...}
5273
5274 @item TAPE_STATUS
5275 The command to use to obtain the status of the archive device,
5276 including error count. On some tape drives there may not be such a
5277 command; in that case, simply use @samp{TAPE_STATUS=false}.
5278
5279 @item BLOCKING
5280 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5281 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5282
5283 @item BACKUP_DIRS
5284 A list of file systems to be dumped. You can include any directory
5285 name in the list---subdirectories on that file system will be
5286 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5287 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5288
5289 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5290 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5291 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5292 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5293 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5294 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5295 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5296 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5297 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5298
5299 @item BACKUP_FILES
5300 A list of individual files to be dumped. These should be accessible
5301 from the machine on which the backup script is run.
5302
5303 @FIXME{Same file name, be specific. Through NFS ...}
5304
5305 @end table
5306
5307 @menu
5308 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5309 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5310 @end menu
5311
5312 @node backup-specs example
5313 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5314 @UNREVISED
5315
5316 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
5317
5318 @smallexample
5319 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5320
5321 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5322 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5323 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5324 TAPE_STATUS="mts -t $TAPE_FILE"
5325 BLOCKING=124
5326 BACKUP_DIRS="
5327 albert:/fs/fsf
5328 apple-gunkies:/gd
5329 albert:/fs/gd2
5330 albert:/fs/gp
5331 geech:/usr/jla
5332 churchy:/usr/roland
5333 albert:/
5334 albert:/usr
5335 apple-gunkies:/
5336 apple-gunkies:/usr
5337 gnu:/hack
5338 gnu:/u
5339 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5340 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5341
5342 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5343
5344 @end smallexample
5345
5346 @node Script Syntax
5347 @subsection Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5348 @UNREVISED
5349
5350 @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax. The following
5351 conventions should be considered when editing the script:
5352 @FIXME{"conventions?"}
5353
5354 A quoted string is considered to be contiguous, even if it is on more
5355 than one line. Therefore, you cannot include commented-out lines
5356 within a multi-line quoted string. BACKUP_FILES and BACKUP_DIRS are
5357 the two most likely parameters to be multi-line.
5358
5359 A quoted string typically cannot contain wildcards. In
5360 @file{backup-specs}, however, the parameters BACKUP_DIRS and
5361 BACKUP_FILES can contain wildcards.
5362
5363 @node Scripted Backups
5364 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5365 @UNREVISED
5366
5367 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5368
5369 @smallexample
5370 @file{script-name} [@var{time-to-be-run}]
5371 @end smallexample
5372
5373 where @var{time-to-be-run} can be a specific system time, or can be
5374 @kbd{now}. If you do not specify a time, the script runs at the time
5375 specified in @file{backup-specs}. @FIXME-pxref{Script Syntax}
5376
5377 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5378 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5379 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5380 files---a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5381 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5382 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5383 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5384 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive. @FIXME{There is
5385 no such restore script!} @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}
5386 @FIXME{Have file names changed?}
5387
5388 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5389 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5390 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5391 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5392 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5393 detailed explanation of this file.}
5394
5395 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5396 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5397 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5398 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5399 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5400 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-1} or
5401 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-full}.
5402
5403 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5404 standard output.
5405
5406 @node Scripted Restoration
5407 @section Using the Restore Script
5408 @UNREVISED
5409
5410 @ifset PUBLISH
5411
5412 The @command{tar} distribution does not provide restoring scripts.
5413
5414 @end ifset
5415
5416 @ifclear PUBLISH
5417
5418 @quotation
5419 @strong{Warning:} The @GNUTAR{} distribution does @emph{not}
5420 provide any such @code{restore} script yet. This section is only
5421 listed here for documentation maintenance purposes. In any case,
5422 all contents is subject to change as things develop.
5423 @end quotation
5424
5425 @FIXME{A section on non-scripted restore may be a good idea.}
5426
5427 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5428 @code{restore} script. The syntax for the script is:
5429
5430 where ***** are the file systems to restore from, and
5431 ***** is a regular expression which specifies which files to
5432 restore. If you specify --all, the script restores all the files
5433 in the file system.
5434
5435 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5436 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5437 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5438 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5439 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5440 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5441 positioning.}
5442
5443 If you specify @samp{--all} as the @var{files} argument, the
5444 @code{restore} script extracts all the files in the archived file
5445 system into the active file system.
5446
5447 @quotation
5448 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5449 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5450 @end quotation
5451
5452 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5453 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5454
5455 @FIXME{this may be an option, not a given}
5456
5457 @end ifclear
5458
5459 @node Choosing
5460 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5461 @UNREVISED
5462
5463 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5464
5465 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5466 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5467 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5468 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5469 are in specified directories.
5470
5471 @menu
5472 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5473 * Selecting Archive Members::
5474 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5475 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5476 * Wildcards::
5477 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5478 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5479 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5480 @end menu
5481
5482 @node file
5483 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5484 @cindex Naming an archive
5485 @cindex Archive Name
5486 @cindex Directing output
5487 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5488 @cindex Where is the archive?
5489 @UNREVISED
5490
5491 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5492 archive"?}
5493
5494 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5495 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5496 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5497 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5498 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5499 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5500 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5501 instead of the default archive file location.
5502
5503 @table @kbd
5504 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5505 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5506 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5507 any operation.
5508 @end table
5509
5510 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5511
5512 @smallexample
5513 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5514 @end smallexample
5515
5516 @noindent
5517 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5518 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5519 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5520 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5521 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5522 for the archive name.
5523
5524 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5525 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5526 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5527
5528 @cindex Writing new archives
5529 @cindex Archive creation
5530 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5531 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5532 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5533 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5534 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5535
5536 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5537 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5538 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5539 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5540 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5541 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5542
5543 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5544 "notable tar usages".}
5545
5546 @smallexample
5547 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5548 @end smallexample
5549
5550 @FIXME{help!}
5551
5552 @cindex Standard input and output
5553 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5554 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5555 use the following:
5556
5557 @smallexample
5558 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5559 @end smallexample
5560
5561 @noindent
5562 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5563 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5564 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5565 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5566 as the username on the remote machine.
5567
5568 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5569 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5570 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5571 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5572 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5573 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5574 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5575 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5576 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5577 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5578 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5579
5580 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5581 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5582 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5583 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5584 shouldn't mention it..}
5585
5586 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5587 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5588 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5589 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5590
5591 @node Selecting Archive Members
5592 @section Selecting Archive Members
5593 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5594 @cindex Specifying archive members
5595
5596 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5597 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5598 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5599 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5600
5601 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5602 the command line, as follows:
5603 @smallexample
5604 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5605 @end smallexample
5606
5607 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5608 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5609
5610 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5611 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5612 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5613 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5614 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5615 @command{tar} does nothing.
5616
5617 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5618 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5619 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5620 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5621 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5622
5623 @node files
5624 @section Reading Names from a File
5625 @UNREVISED
5626
5627 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5628 @cindex Lists of file names
5629 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5630 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5631 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5632 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5633 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5634 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5635 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5636 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5637
5638 @table @kbd
5639 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5640 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5641 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5642 @end table
5643
5644 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5645 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
5646 names are read from standard input.
5647
5648 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
5649 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
5650 command.
5651
5652 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5653
5654 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5655 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5656 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
5657 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5658 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
5659 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5660 more information.)
5661
5662 @smallexample
5663 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5664 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5665 @end smallexample
5666
5667 @noindent
5668 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
5669
5670 @menu
5671 * nul::
5672 @end menu
5673
5674 @node nul
5675 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5676
5677 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5678 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5679 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5680 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5681 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
5682
5683 @table @kbd
5684 @item --null
5685 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5686 terminate in a newline.
5687 @end table
5688
5689 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5690 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5691 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5692 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
5693 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
5694 out there called @file{-C}.
5695
5696 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5697 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5698 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
5699 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5700 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5701 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5702 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5703 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5704 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5705
5706 @smallexample
5707 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5708 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5709 @end smallexample
5710
5711 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5712
5713 @node exclude
5714 @section Excluding Some Files
5715 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5716 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5717 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5718 @UNREVISED
5719
5720 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5721 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5722
5723 @table @kbd
5724 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5725 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5726 @end table
5727
5728 @findex exclude
5729 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5730 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5731 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5732 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5733 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5734
5735 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
5736
5737 @table @kbd
5738 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5739 @itemx -X @var{file}
5740 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5741 @var{file}.
5742 @end table
5743
5744 @findex exclude-from
5745 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5746 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5747 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5748 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5749 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5750 added to the archive.
5751
5752 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5753 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5754
5755 @menu
5756 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5757 * problems with exclude::
5758 @end menu
5759
5760 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5761 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5762
5763 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5764 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5765 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5766 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5767
5768 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5769 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5770 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5771 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5772
5773 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5774 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5775
5776 @smallexample
5777 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5778 @end smallexample
5779
5780 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5781 @samp{readme}.
5782
5783 @table @option
5784 @item --anchored
5785 @itemx --no-anchored
5786 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5787 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
5788
5789 @item --ignore-case
5790 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5791 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5792 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5793
5794 @item --wildcards
5795 @itemx --no-wildcards
5796 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5797 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5798 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5799 names literally.
5800
5801 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5802 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5803 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5804 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5805 matched only by @samp{/}.
5806
5807 @end table
5808
5809 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5810 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5811 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5812 the name's parent directories.
5813
5814 @node problems with exclude
5815 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5816
5817 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5818 pitfalls:
5819
5820 @itemize @bullet
5821 @item
5822 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5823 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5824 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5825 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5826 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5827 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5828
5829 @item
5830 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5831 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5832 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5833 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5834 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5835 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5836
5837 @item
5838 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5839 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5840 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5841 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5842 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5843 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5844
5845 For example, write:
5846
5847 @smallexample
5848 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5849 @end smallexample
5850
5851 @noindent
5852 rather than:
5853
5854 @smallexample
5855 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5856 @end smallexample
5857
5858 @item
5859 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5860 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5861 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5862 might fail.
5863
5864 @item
5865 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5866 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5867 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5868 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5869 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5870 patterns listed in a file.
5871
5872 @end itemize
5873
5874 @node Wildcards
5875 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5876
5877 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5878 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5879 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5880 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5881 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5882 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5883 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5884
5885 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5886
5887 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5888 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5889 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5890 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5891 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5892 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5893 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5894 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5895 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5896
5897 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5898 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5899 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5900 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5901 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5902 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5903 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5904 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5905 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5906 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5907
5908 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5909 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5910 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5911 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5912 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5913 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5914
5915 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5916 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5917 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5918 @var{e}, inclusive.
5919
5920 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5921 who don't have dan around.}
5922
5923 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5924 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5925 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5926 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5927
5928 @node after
5929 @section Operating Only on New Files
5930 @cindex Excluding file by age
5931 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5932 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5933 @UNREVISED
5934
5935 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5936 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5937 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5938 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5939 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5940 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
5941 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5942 than the @var{date} you specify.
5943
5944 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5945 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5946 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5947
5948 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5949 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5950 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5951 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5952
5953 @table @kbd
5954 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5955 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5956 @itemx -N @var{date}
5957 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5958
5959 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5960 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5961
5962 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5963 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5964
5965 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5966 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5967 @end table
5968
5969 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5970 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5971 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5972 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5973 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5974 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
5975
5976 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
5977 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
5978 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
5979 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
5980
5981 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
5982 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
5983 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
5984 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
5985 contents of the file were looked at).
5986
5987 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
5988 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
5989 arguments.
5990
5991 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
5992
5993 @quotation
5994 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
5995 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
5996 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
5997 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
5998 @end quotation
5999
6000 @noindent
6001 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6002
6003 @node recurse
6004 @section Descending into Directories
6005 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6006 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6007 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6008 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6009 @UNREVISED
6010
6011 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6012
6013 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6014
6015 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6016 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6017 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6018 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6019
6020 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6021 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
6022 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6023 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6024 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6025 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6026 @command{tar}, or look.
6027
6028 @table @kbd
6029 @item --no-recursion
6030 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6031
6032 @item --recursion
6033 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6034 This is the default.
6035 @end table
6036
6037 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6038 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6039 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6040 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6041 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6042 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6043 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6044 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6045 located via @command{find}.
6046
6047 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6048 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6049 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6050 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6051 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6052 no new files on its own.
6053
6054 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6055 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6056 the files under those directories.
6057
6058 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6059 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6060
6061 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6062 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6063 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6064
6065 @smallexample
6066 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6067 @end smallexample
6068
6069 @noindent
6070 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6071 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6072 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6073
6074 @node one
6075 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6076 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6077 @UNREVISED
6078
6079 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6080 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6081 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6082 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6083 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6084 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6085 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6086
6087 @table @kbd
6088 @item --one-file-system
6089 @itemx -l
6090 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6091 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6092 @end table
6093
6094 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6095 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6096 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6097 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6098 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6099 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6100
6101 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6102 but nothing under it.
6103
6104 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6105 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6106 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6107 standard error.
6108
6109 @menu
6110 * directory:: Changing Directory
6111 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6112 @end menu
6113
6114 @node directory
6115 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6116
6117 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6118 things around some.}
6119
6120 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6121 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6122 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6123 @UNREVISED
6124
6125 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6126 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6127 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6128 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6129 the list.
6130
6131 @table @kbd
6132 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6133 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6134 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6135 @end table
6136
6137 For example,
6138
6139 @smallexample
6140 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6141 @end smallexample
6142
6143 @noindent
6144 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6145 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6146 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6147 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6148 store in the same archive.
6149
6150 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6151 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6152 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6153 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6154 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6155
6156 Contrast this with the command,
6157
6158 @smallexample
6159 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6160 @end smallexample
6161
6162 @noindent
6163 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6164 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6165 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6166 named @file{orange-colored}.
6167
6168 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6169 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6170 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6171 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6172 @file{foo.tar}:
6173
6174 @smallexample
6175 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6176 @end smallexample
6177
6178 @noindent
6179 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6180 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6181 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6182 directories where those files were located.
6183
6184 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6185 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6186 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6187 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6188 @samp{--directory} option.
6189
6190 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6191 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6192 totally screwed?}
6193
6194 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6195 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6196 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6197 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6198
6199 @node absolute
6200 @subsection Absolute File Names
6201 @UNREVISED
6202
6203 @table @kbd
6204 @item -P
6205 @itemx --absolute-names
6206 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6207 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6208 @end table
6209
6210 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6211 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6212 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6213
6214 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6215 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6216 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6217 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6218 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6219 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6220 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6221 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6222
6223 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6224 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6225 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6226
6227 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6228 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6229 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6230 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6231 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6232 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6233 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6234 be @file{bin/ls}.
6235
6236 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6237 none of these transformations.
6238
6239 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6240 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6241
6242 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6243 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6244 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6245
6246 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6247 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6248 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6249 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6250 more convenient than switching to root.
6251
6252 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6253 to transfer files between systems.}
6254
6255 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6256
6257 @table @kbd
6258 @item --absolute-names
6259 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6260 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6261
6262 @end table
6263
6264 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6265
6266 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6267 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6268 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6269 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6270
6271 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6272 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6273 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6274
6275 @smallexample
6276 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6277 @end smallexample
6278
6279 @noindent
6280 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6281 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6282 For example:
6283
6284 @smallexample
6285 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6286 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6287 @end smallexample
6288
6289 @include getdate.texi
6290
6291 @node Formats
6292 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6293
6294 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6295 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6296 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6297
6298 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6299 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6300
6301 @table @asis
6302 @item gnu
6303 Format used by @GNUTAR{}.
6304
6305 @item v7
6306 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar.
6307
6308 @item oldgnu
6309 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6310
6311 @item posix
6312 Archive format defined by POSIX.1-2001 specification.
6313
6314 @item star
6315 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star} implementation.
6316 @end table
6317
6318 @GNUTAR{} is able to create archives in any of these formats,
6319 except @samp{star}. It is able to read archives in any of these
6320 formats.
6321
6322 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6323 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6324 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6325 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6326 switch to @samp{posix}.
6327
6328 @menu
6329 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6330 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6331 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6332 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6333 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6334 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6335 @end menu
6336
6337 @node Portability
6338 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6339
6340 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6341 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6342 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6343 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6344 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6345 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6346 archives more portable.
6347
6348 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6349 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6350 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6351 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6352
6353 @menu
6354 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6355 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6356 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6357 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6358 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
6359 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6360 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6361 @end menu
6362
6363 @node Portable Names
6364 @subsection Portable Names
6365
6366 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6367 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6368 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6369 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6370 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6371 less.
6372
6373 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6374 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6375 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6376 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6377 than System V's.
6378
6379 @node dereference
6380 @subsection Symbolic Links
6381 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6382 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6383
6384 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6385 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6386 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6387 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6388 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6389 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6390 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6391 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6392
6393 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6394 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6395 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6396 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6397 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6398 system.
6399
6400 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6401 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6402 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6403
6404 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6405 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6406 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6407 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6408
6409 @node old
6410 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6411 @cindex Format, old style
6412 @cindex Old style format
6413 @cindex Old style archives
6414
6415 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6416 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6417 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6418 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6419 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6420 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6421 option). When you specify it,
6422 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6423 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6424 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6425
6426 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6427 unless the archive was created with using this option.
6428
6429 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6430 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6431 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6432 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6433 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6434
6435 @node gnu
6436 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6437
6438 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6439 @sc{posix} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6440 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6441 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6442 specified in that @sc{posix} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6443 @sc{posix} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6444 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6445 incompatible with the current @sc{posix} specification, and with
6446 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6447
6448 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6449 this format by default. This may change in the future, since we plan
6450 to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6451
6452 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6453 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6454
6455 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6456 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6457 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6458
6459 @itemize @bullet
6460 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6461 @item @value{op-incremental}
6462 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6463 @item @value{op-sparse}
6464 @end itemize
6465
6466 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6467 format in the future.
6468
6469 @node posix
6470 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @sc{posix} @command{tar}
6471
6472 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6473 to read and create archives conforming to @sc{posix.1-2001} standard.
6474
6475 A @sc{posix} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6476 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6477 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6478 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6479 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6480
6481 @itemize @bullet
6482 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6483 @item @value{op-incremental}
6484 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6485 @item @value{op-sparse}
6486 @end itemize
6487
6488 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6489
6490 @node Checksumming
6491 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6492
6493 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6494 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6495 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6496 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6497 checksums while creating archives, as per @sc{posix} standards. On
6498 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6499 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6500 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6501 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6502 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6503 vice versa.
6504
6505 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6506 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6507 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6508 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6509 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6510 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6511 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6512 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6513
6514 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6515 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6516 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6517 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6518 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6519 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6520 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6521 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6522 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6523 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6524 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6525
6526 @node Large or Negative Values
6527 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6528 @cindex large values
6529 @cindex future time stamps
6530 @cindex negative time stamps
6531
6532 @sc{posix} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6533 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6534 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6535 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6536 generates @sc{posix} representations when possible, but for values
6537 outside the @sc{posix} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6538 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6539 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6540 representations. These representations are an extension to @sc{posix}
6541 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6542
6543 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6544 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6545
6546 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @sc{posix}
6547 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6548
6549 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @sc{posix}
6550 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6551 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6552 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6553 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6554 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6555
6556 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6557 stamps are a common @sc{posix} extension but their @code{time_t}
6558 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6559 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6560 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6561 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6562 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6563 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6564 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6565
6566 @node Compression
6567 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6568
6569 @menu
6570 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6571 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6572 @end menu
6573
6574 @node gzip
6575 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6576 @cindex Compressed archives
6577 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6578 @UNREVISED
6579
6580 @table @kbd
6581 @item -z
6582 @itemx --gzip
6583 @itemx --ungzip
6584 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6585 @end table
6586
6587 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
6588 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
6589 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
6590
6591 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
6592 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6593 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6594 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6595 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6596 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
6597 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
6598
6599 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
6600 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
6601 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
6602
6603 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
6604 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
6605 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
6606 like in:
6607
6608 @smallexample
6609 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6610 @end smallexample
6611
6612 @noindent
6613 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
6614 can do:
6615
6616 @smallexample
6617 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
6618 @end smallexample
6619
6620 @noindent
6621 to explode and unpack.
6622
6623 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
6624 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
6625 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
6626 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
6627 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
6628 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
6629 disk space, by using pipes internally:
6630
6631 @smallexample
6632 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
6633 @end smallexample
6634
6635 @cindex corrupted archives
6636 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6637 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6638 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6639 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6640 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6641 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6642
6643 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6644 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6645 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6646 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6647 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6648 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6649
6650 @table @kbd
6651 @item -j
6652 @itemx --bzip2
6653 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6654
6655 @item -Z
6656 @itemx --compress
6657 @itemx --uncompress
6658 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6659 @value{op-gzip}.
6660
6661 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6662 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
6663 @end table
6664
6665 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
6666 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
6667 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
6668 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
6669 reading the archive.
6670
6671 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
6672 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
6673 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
6674 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
6675 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
6676 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
6677 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
6678
6679 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
6680 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
6681 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
6682 more information on these operations.
6683
6684 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
6685 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
6686 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
6687
6688 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
6689 the @code{bzip2} utility.
6690
6691 @table @kbd
6692 @item --compress
6693 @itemx --uncompress
6694 @itemx -z
6695 @itemx -Z
6696 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
6697 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
6698 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
6699 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
6700 @end table
6701
6702 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
6703 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
6704 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
6705
6706 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
6707 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6708 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6709 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6710 @command{compress}.
6711
6712 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6713 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6714 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6715 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6716 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6717 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6718 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6719 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6720 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6721 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6722
6723 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6724 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6725 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6726 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6727 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6728
6729 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6730 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6731 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6732 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6733 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6734
6735 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6736 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6737 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6738 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
6739 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6740
6741 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6742 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6743 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6744 end up with less space on the tape.
6745
6746 @node sparse
6747 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6748 @cindex Sparse Files
6749 @UNREVISED
6750
6751 @table @kbd
6752 @item -S
6753 @itemx --sparse
6754 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6755 @end table
6756
6757 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6758 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6759 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6760 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6761 space needed to store such a file.
6762
6763 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6764 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6765 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6766 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6767
6768 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6769 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6770 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6771 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6772 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6773 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6774 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6775 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6776 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6777 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6778 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6779 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6780 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6781 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6782 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6783 more space than the original.
6784
6785 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6786 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6787 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6788 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6789 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6790 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6791 about creating archives.
6792
6793 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6794 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6795 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6796
6797 @quotation
6798 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6799 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6800 sparsely in the system.
6801
6802 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6803 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6804 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6805 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6806 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6807 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6808 @end quotation
6809
6810 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6811
6812 @table @kbd
6813 @item --sparse
6814 @itemx -S
6815 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6816 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6817 @end table
6818
6819 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6820 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6821 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6822 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6823 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6824 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6825 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6826 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6827 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6828 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6829
6830 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6831 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6832 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6833 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6834 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6835 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6836 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6837
6838 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6839 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6840 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6841 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6842 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6843 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6844 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6845 1990-12-10:
6846
6847 @quotation
6848 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6849 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6850 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6851 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6852 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6853 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6854
6855 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6856 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6857 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6858 get it right.
6859 @end quotation
6860
6861 @node Attributes
6862 @section Handling File Attributes
6863 @UNREVISED
6864
6865 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6866 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6867 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6868 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6869
6870 Handling of file attributes
6871
6872 @table @kbd
6873 @item --atime-preserve
6874 Preserve access times on files that are read.
6875 This doesn't work for files that
6876 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
6877 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
6878 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
6879 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
6880
6881 @item -m
6882 @itemx --touch
6883 Do not extract file modified time.
6884
6885 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
6886 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
6887 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
6888
6889 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6890
6891 @item --same-owner
6892 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
6893 archive.
6894
6895 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
6896 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
6897 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
6898 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
6899 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
6900 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
6901 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
6902
6903 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
6904 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
6905 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
6906 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
6907 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
6908 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
6909 stored in the archive instead.
6910
6911 @item --no-same-owner
6912 @itemx -o
6913 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
6914 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
6915 only for the superuser.
6916
6917 @item --numeric-owner
6918 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
6919 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
6920 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
6921 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
6922 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
6923
6924 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
6925 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
6926 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
6927 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
6928 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
6929 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
6930 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
6931 disk into another machine to do the restore.
6932
6933 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
6934 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
6935 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
6936 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
6937 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
6938 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
6939
6940 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
6941 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
6942 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
6943 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
6944 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
6945 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
6946 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
6947 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
6948 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
6949 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
6950 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
6951 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
6952 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
6953 gives you a great deal of control already.
6954
6955 @item -p
6956 @itemx --same-permissions
6957 @itemx --preserve-permissions
6958 Extract all protection information.
6959
6960 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
6961 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
6962 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
6963 on extracted files.
6964
6965 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6966
6967 @item --preserve
6968 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
6969
6970 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
6971 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
6972
6973 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
6974
6975 @end table
6976
6977 @node Standard
6978 @section The Standard Format
6979 @UNREVISED
6980
6981 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
6982 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
6983 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
6984 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
6985 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
6986 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
6987 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
6988
6989 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
6990 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of 512 zero bytes. A file
6991 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
6992 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
6993 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
6994 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
6995 information about file types.
6996
6997 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
6998 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
6999 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7000 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7001 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7002 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7003
7004 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7005 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7006 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7007
7008 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7009 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7010 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7011
7012 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7013 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7014 of the file. At the end of the archive file there may be a block
7015 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7016 should write a block of zeros at the end, but must not assume that
7017 such a block exists when reading an archive.
7018
7019 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7020 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7021 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7022 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7023 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7024 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7025 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7026 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7027 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7028 records after a zero block.
7029
7030 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7031 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7032
7033 @smallexample
7034 @include header.texi
7035 @end smallexample
7036
7037 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7038 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7039 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7040 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7041 contiguously.
7042
7043 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7044 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7045 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7046 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7047 of file contents is performed.
7048
7049 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7050 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7051 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7052 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 2 digits, a space, and a null, except
7053 @code{size}, and @code{mtime}, which do not contain the trailing null.
7054
7055 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7056 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7057
7058 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7059
7060 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7061 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7062 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7063 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7064 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7065 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7066 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7067 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7068 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7069 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7070
7071 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7072 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7073 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7074
7075 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7076 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7077 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7078
7079 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7080 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7081 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7082 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7083
7084 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7085 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7086 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7087 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7088 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7089 if it were all blanks.
7090
7091 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7092 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7093 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7094 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7095
7096 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7097 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7098 and last inode-change time.
7099
7100 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7101 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7102 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7103 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7104 continued at.
7105
7106 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7107 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7108 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7109 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7110 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7111 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7112 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7113 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7114 differently from non-sparse files.
7115
7116 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7117 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7118 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7119 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7120 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7121 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7122 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7123 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7124 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7125 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7126 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7127 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7128 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7129 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7130 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7131 used to handle a sparse file:
7132
7133 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7134 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7135 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7136 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7137 array element.
7138
7139 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7140 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7141
7142 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7143 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7144 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7145 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7146 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7147 an extended_header is needed.
7148
7149 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7150 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7151 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7152 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7153
7154 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7155 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7156 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7157 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7158
7159 @table @asis
7160
7161 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7162 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7163 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7164 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7165 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7166 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7167 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7168 ends with a slash as a directory.
7169
7170 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7171 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7172 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7173 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7174 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7175
7176 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7177 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7178 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7179
7180 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7181 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7182 These represent character special files and block special files
7183 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7184 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7185 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7186 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7187
7188 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7189 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7190 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7191 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7192 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7193 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7194 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7195 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7196 @code{size} field.
7197
7198 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7199 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7200 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7201
7202 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7203 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7204 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7205 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7206 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7207 type as a normal file.
7208
7209 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7210 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7211 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7212
7213 @end table
7214
7215 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7216 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7217
7218 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7219 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7220 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7221 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7222 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7223 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7224
7225 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7226 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7227 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7228 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7229
7230 @node Extensions
7231 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7232 @UNREVISED
7233
7234 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7235 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7236
7237 @table @code
7238 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7239 @itemx 'D'
7240 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7241 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7242 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7243 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7244 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7245 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7246 last file name.
7247
7248 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7249 @itemx 'M'
7250 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7251 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7252 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7253 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7254 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7255 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7256 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7257 the original size of the file.
7258
7259 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7260 @itemx 'S'
7261 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7262 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7263 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7264 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7265
7266 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7267 @itemx 'V'
7268 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7269 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7270 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7271 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7272 of an archive should have this type.
7273
7274 @end table
7275
7276 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7277 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7278 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7279 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7280 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7281 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7282 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7283 checksum error.
7284
7285 @node cpio
7286 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7287 @UNREVISED
7288
7289 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7290
7291 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7292 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7293 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7294 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7295 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7296 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7297
7298 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7299 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7300 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7301 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7302 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7303 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7304 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7305 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7306
7307 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7308 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7309 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7310 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7311
7312 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7313
7314 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7315 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7316 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7317
7318 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7319 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7320 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7321 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7322 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7323 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7324 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7325 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7326 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7327 make hard links between them.
7328
7329 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7330 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7331 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7332 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7333 of the names.
7334
7335 @quotation
7336 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7337 @end quotation
7338
7339 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7340 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7341 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7342
7343 @quotation
7344 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7345 at the unix scene,
7346 @end quotation
7347
7348 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7349 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7350 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7351 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7352 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7353
7354 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7355 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7356 rest of the files.
7357
7358 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7359
7360 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7361 to start on a record boundary.
7362
7363 @quotation
7364 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7365 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7366 crashed archives at all.)
7367 @end quotation
7368
7369 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7370 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7371 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7372 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7373 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7374 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7375 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7376 archive.
7377
7378 @quotation
7379 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7380 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7381 @end quotation
7382
7383 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7384 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7385 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7386 special files.
7387
7388 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7389 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7390 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7391 backwards compatibility.
7392
7393 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7394 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7395 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7396
7397 @node Media
7398 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7399 @UNREVISED
7400
7401 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7402 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7403
7404 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7405 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7406 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7407 such manipulation easier.
7408
7409 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7410 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7411
7412 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7413 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7414 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7415 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7416
7417 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7418 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7419 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7420 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7421 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7422 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7423
7424 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7425 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7426 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7427 not a good idea.
7428
7429 @menu
7430 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7431 * Remote Tape Server::
7432 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7433 * Blocking:: Blocking
7434 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7435 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7436 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7437 * verify::
7438 * Write Protection::
7439 @end menu
7440
7441 @node Device
7442 @section Device Selection and Switching
7443 @UNREVISED
7444
7445 @table @kbd
7446 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7447 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7448 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7449 @end table
7450
7451 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7452 works on.
7453
7454 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7455 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7456 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7457 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7458 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7459
7460 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7461 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7462 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7463 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7464 @command{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7465 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @command{rsh}.
7466 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7467 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7468 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @command{tar};
7469 it's compiled and installed by default.
7470
7471 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7472 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7473 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7474 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7475 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7476
7477 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7478 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7479 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7480 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7481 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7482 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7483 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7484 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7485 cartridges or diskettes.
7486
7487 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7488 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7489 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7490 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7491 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7492 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7493 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7494 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7495 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7496 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7497 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7498 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7499
7500 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7501 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7502 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7503 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7504 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7505
7506 @table @kbd
7507 @item --force-local
7508 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7509
7510 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7511 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7512 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7513 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7514
7515 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7516 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7517 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7518 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7519 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7520 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7521
7522 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7523 Specify drive and density.
7524
7525 @item -M
7526 @itemx --multi-volume
7527 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7528
7529 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7530 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7531 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7532
7533 @item -L @var{num}
7534 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7535 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7536
7537 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7538 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7539 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7540
7541 @item -F @var{file}
7542 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7543 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7544 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7545 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7546 @end table
7547
7548 @node Remote Tape Server
7549 @section The Remote Tape Server
7550
7551 @cindex remote tape drive
7552 @pindex rmt
7553 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7554 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7555 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
7556 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @command{tar} calls
7557 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote
7558 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
7559
7560 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7561 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7562 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
7563 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
7564
7565 @cindex absolute file names
7566 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7567 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7568 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7569 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7570 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7571 message telling you what it is doing.
7572
7573 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7574 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7575 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7576 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7577 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7578 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7579 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7580 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7581 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7582 backup tapes.
7583
7584 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7585 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7586 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7587 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7588 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7589 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7590 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7591
7592 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7593 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7594 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7595 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7596 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7597 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7598
7599 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7600 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7601 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7602 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7603 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7604 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7605
7606 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7607 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7608 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7609 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7610 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7611
7612 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7613 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7614
7615 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7616 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7617 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7618 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7619 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7620 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7621 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7622 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7623
7624 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7625 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7626
7627 @ifclear PUBLISH
7628
7629 @format
7630 errors from system:
7631 permission denied
7632 no such file or directory
7633 not owner
7634
7635 errors from @command{tar}:
7636 directory checksum error
7637 header format error
7638
7639 errors from media/system:
7640 i/o error
7641 device busy
7642 @end format
7643
7644 @end ifclear
7645
7646 @node Blocking
7647 @section Blocking
7648 @UNREVISED
7649
7650 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7651 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7652 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7653 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7654 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7655
7656 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7657 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7658
7659 @quotation
7660 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7661 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7662 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7663 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7664 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7665 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7666 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7667 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7668 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7669 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7670
7671 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7672 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7673 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7674 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @sc{posix} (no surprise
7675 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7676 into the source code too.
7677 @end quotation
7678
7679 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7680 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7681 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7682 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7683 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7684 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7685 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7686 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7687 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7688 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7689 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7690 in @GNUTAR{}.
7691
7692 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7693 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7694 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7695 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7696 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7697 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7698 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7699 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7700 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7701 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7702 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7703 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7704 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7705 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7706 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7707
7708 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7709 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7710 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7711 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7712 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7713 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7714 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7715 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7716
7717 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7718 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7719 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7720 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7721 honor blocking.
7722
7723 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7724 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7725 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7726 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7727 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7728 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7729 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7730 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7731 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7732 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7733 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7734 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7735 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7736 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7737 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7738 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7739 correctly.
7740
7741 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7742 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7743 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7744 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7745 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7746
7747 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7748 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7749 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7750 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7751 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7752 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7753 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7754 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7755 around one megabyte.
7756
7757 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7758 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7759 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7760 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7761 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7762 device.
7763
7764 @menu
7765 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7766 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7767 @end menu
7768
7769 @node Format Variations
7770 @subsection Format Variations
7771 @cindex Format Parameters
7772 @cindex Format Options
7773 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7774 @cindex Options, format specifying
7775 @UNREVISED
7776
7777 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7778 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7779 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7780 store the archive.
7781
7782 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7783 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7784 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7785 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7786 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7787 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7788 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7789 examples of format parameter considerations.
7790
7791 @node Blocking Factor
7792 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7793 @cindex Blocking Factor
7794 @cindex Record Size
7795 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7796 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7797 @cindex Bytes per record
7798 @cindex Blocks per record
7799 @UNREVISED
7800
7801 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7802 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7803 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7804 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7805 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7806 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7807 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7808 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7809 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7810
7811 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7812 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7813 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7814 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7815 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7816 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7817 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7818 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7819 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7820 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7821 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7822 writing archives.
7823
7824 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7825
7826 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7827 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7828 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7829 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7830 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7831 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7832
7833 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7834 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7835 example, this has been reported:
7836
7837 @smallexample
7838 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7839 @end smallexample
7840
7841 @noindent
7842 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7843 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7844 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7845 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7846 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7847 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7848 for example, might resolve the problem.
7849
7850 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7851 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7852 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7853 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7854 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7855 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7856 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7857 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7858 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7859 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7860 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7861 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7862 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7863
7864 @table @kbd
7865 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
7866 @itemx -b @var{number}
7867 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
7868 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
7869 @end table
7870
7871 Device blocking
7872
7873 @table @kbd
7874 @item -b @var{blocks}
7875 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
7876 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
7877
7878 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
7879 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
7880 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
7881 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
7882 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
7883 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
7884
7885 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
7886 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
7887 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
7888 running on old machines with small address spaces.
7889
7890 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
7891 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
7892 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
7893 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
7894 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
7895
7896 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
7897 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
7898 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
7899 updating the archive.
7900
7901 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
7902 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
7903 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
7904 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
7905
7906 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
7907 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
7908 the amount of available virtual memory.
7909
7910 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
7911 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
7912 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
7913 @itemize @bullet
7914 @item
7915 the archive is subject to a compression option,
7916 @item
7917 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
7918 redirected nor piped,
7919 @item
7920 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
7921 device,
7922 @item
7923 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
7924 invocation.
7925 @end itemize
7926
7927 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
7928 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
7929 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
7930 topic:
7931
7932 @itemize @bullet
7933
7934 @item
7935 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
7936 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
7937 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
7938 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
7939 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
7940 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
7941
7942 @item
7943 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
7944 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
7945 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
7946 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
7947 ignored.
7948
7949 @item
7950 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
7951 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
7952 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
7953 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
7954 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
7955 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
7956 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
7957
7958 @item
7959 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
7960 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
7961 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
7962 @end itemize
7963
7964 @item -i
7965 @itemx --ignore-zeros
7966 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
7967
7968 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
7969 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
7970 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
7971 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
7972 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
7973 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
7974 the zeroed blocks.
7975
7976 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
7977 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
7978 are stored on a single physical tape.
7979
7980 @item -B
7981 @itemx --read-full-records
7982 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
7983
7984 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
7985 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
7986 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
7987 record.
7988
7989 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
7990 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
7991 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
7992 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
7993 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
7994 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
7995
7996 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
7997
7998 @end table
7999
8000 Tape blocking
8001
8002 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8003
8004 @cindex blocking factor
8005 @cindex tape blocking
8006
8007 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8008 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8009 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8010 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8011 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8012 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8013 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8014 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8015 tape motion without loosing information.
8016
8017 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8018 @cindex DAT blocking
8019 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8020 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8021 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8022 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8023 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8024 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8025 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8026 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8027 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8028 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8029 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8030 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8031 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8032 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8033 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8034 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8035
8036 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8037 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8038 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8039 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8040
8041 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8042 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8043 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8044
8045 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8046 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8047 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8048
8049 @node Many
8050 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8051
8052 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8053
8054 @findex ntape @r{device}
8055 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8056 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8057 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8058 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8059 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8060 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8061 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8062 device.
8063
8064 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8065 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8066 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8067 means that a simple:
8068
8069 @smallexample
8070 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8071 @end smallexample
8072
8073 @noindent
8074 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8075 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8076 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8077 just been saved.
8078
8079 @cindex tape positioning
8080 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8081 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8082 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8083 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8084 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8085 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8086 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8087 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8088 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8089 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8090 recovered.
8091
8092 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8093 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8094
8095 @smallexample
8096 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8097 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8098 @end smallexample
8099
8100 @cindex tape marks
8101 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8102 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8103 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8104 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8105 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8106 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8107 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8108 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8109 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8110 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8111 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8112
8113 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8114 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8115
8116 @smallexample
8117 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8118 @end smallexample
8119
8120 @noindent
8121 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8122
8123 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8124 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8125 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8126 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8127 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8128 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8129 these commands:
8130
8131 @smallexample
8132 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8133 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8134 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8135 @end smallexample
8136
8137 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8138 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8139
8140 @menu
8141 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8142 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8143 @end menu
8144
8145 @node Tape Positioning
8146 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8147 @UNREVISED
8148
8149 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8150 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8151 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8152 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8153 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8154 two at the end of all the file entries.
8155
8156 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8157 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8158
8159 @smallexample
8160 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8161 @end smallexample
8162
8163 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8164 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8165 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8166 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8167 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8168 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8169 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8170 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8171 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8172 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8173 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8174 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8175 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8176
8177 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8178 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8179 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8180 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8181 following:
8182
8183 @smallexample
8184 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8185 @end smallexample
8186
8187 @node mt
8188 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8189 @UNREVISED
8190
8191 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8192 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8193 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8194
8195 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8196 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8197 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8198 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8199 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8200 together"?}
8201
8202 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8203
8204 @smallexample
8205 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8206 @end smallexample
8207
8208 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8209 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8210 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8211
8212 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8213
8214 @table @kbd
8215 @item eof
8216 @itemx weof
8217 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8218
8219 @item fsf
8220 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8221
8222 @item bsf
8223 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8224
8225 @item rewind
8226 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8227
8228 @item offline
8229 @itemx rewoff1
8230 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8231
8232 @item status
8233 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8234
8235 @end table
8236
8237 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8238
8239 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8240 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8241 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8242
8243 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8244 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8245 failed.
8246
8247 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8248
8249 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8250 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8251 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8252 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8253 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8254 @value{xref-label}.
8255 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8256 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8257 label.
8258
8259 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8260
8261 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8262 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8263 @UNREVISED
8264
8265 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8266 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8267 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8268 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8269 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8270
8271 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8272 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8273 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8274 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8275 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8276 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8277 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8278 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8279 file.)
8280
8281 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8282 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8283 process them properly.
8284
8285 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8286 responses:
8287
8288 @table @kbd
8289 @item ?
8290 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8291 @item q
8292 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8293 @item n @var{file name}
8294 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8295 @item !
8296 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8297 @item y
8298 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8299 @end table
8300
8301 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8302 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8303
8304 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8305 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8306 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8307 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8308 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8309 of the
8310 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8311 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8312
8313 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8314 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8315 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8316 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8317 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8318 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8319 never required for real, as far as we know.
8320
8321 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8322 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8323 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8324 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8325 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8326 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8327 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8328 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8329 the prompt.)
8330
8331 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8332 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8333 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8334 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8335 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8336 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8337 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8338 script).
8339
8340 Multi-volume archives
8341
8342 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8343 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8344 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8345 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8346
8347 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8348 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8349 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8350 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8351 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8352 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8353 the file begins.
8354
8355 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8356 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8357 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8358 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8359
8360 @smallexample
8361 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8362 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8363 @end smallexample
8364
8365 @menu
8366 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8367 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8368 @end menu
8369
8370 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8371 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8372 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8373 @UNREVISED
8374
8375 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8376 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8377 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8378 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8379 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8380 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8381
8382 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8383 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8384 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8385 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8386 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8387 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8388
8389 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8390 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8391 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8392 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8393 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8394 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8395
8396 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8397 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8398 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8399 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8400 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8401 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8402 information about extracting archives.
8403
8404 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8405 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8406 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8407 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8408 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8409 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8410 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8411
8412 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8413 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8414 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8415 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8416
8417 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8418 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8419 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8420 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8421 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8422
8423 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8424 @FIXME{example}
8425
8426 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8427 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8428
8429 @table @kbd
8430 @item --multi-volume
8431 @itemx -M
8432 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8433 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8434 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8435 operation.
8436
8437 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8438 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8439 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8440 @value{op-create}.
8441 @end table
8442
8443 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8444 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8445 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8446 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8447 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8448 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8449 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8450 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8451 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8452 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8453 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8454 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8455
8456 @node Tape Files
8457 @subsection Tape Files
8458 @UNREVISED
8459
8460 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8461 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8462 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8463 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8464 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8465 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8466 volume label will have
8467 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8468 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8469 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8470 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8471
8472 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8473 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8474 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8475 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8476 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8477 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8478 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8479
8480 People seem to often do:
8481
8482 @smallexample
8483 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8484 @end smallexample
8485
8486 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8487
8488 @node label
8489 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8490 @cindex Labeling an archive
8491 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8492 @UNREVISED
8493
8494 @table @kbd
8495 @item -V @var{name}
8496 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8497 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8498 @end table
8499
8500 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8501 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8502 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8503 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8504 next, and so on.
8505
8506 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8507
8508 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8509 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8510 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8511 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8512 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8513
8514 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8515 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8516 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8517 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8518 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8519 volume archives.}
8520
8521 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8522 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8523 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8524 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8525 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8526 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8527 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8528 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8529 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8530 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8531 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8532 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8533 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8534 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8535
8536 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8537 under that name anymore.
8538
8539 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8540 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8541 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8542 in the example below:
8543
8544 @smallexample
8545 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8546 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8547 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8548 @end smallexample
8549
8550 @table @kbd
8551 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8552 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8553 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8554 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8555 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8556 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8557 @value{op-extract} option.
8558 @end table
8559
8560 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8561 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8562 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8563 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8564
8565 @smallexample
8566 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8567 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8568 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8569 @end smallexample
8570
8571 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8572 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8573 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8574 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8575 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8576 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8577 is usually not the case.
8578
8579 @FIXME{was --volume}
8580
8581 @node verify
8582 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8583 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8584 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8585
8586 @table @kbd
8587 @item -W
8588 @itemx --verify
8589 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8590 @end table
8591
8592 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8593 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8594 are recorded on the standard error output.
8595
8596 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8597 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8598 cannot be verified.
8599
8600 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8601 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8602 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8603 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8604 it is up to date.
8605
8606 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8607 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8608 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8609 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8610 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8611
8612 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8613 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8614 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8615 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8616
8617 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8618 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8619 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8620
8621 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8622 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8623 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8624 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8625 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8626 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8627 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8628 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8629 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8630 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8631 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8632 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8633
8634 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8635 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8636 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8637 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8638 as long as programming is concerned.
8639
8640 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8641 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8642 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8643 for more information on these operations.
8644
8645 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8646 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8647 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8648 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8649 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8650
8651 @node Write Protection
8652 @section Write Protection
8653
8654 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8655 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8656 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8657 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8658 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8659 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8660
8661 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8662 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8663 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8664 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8665 changeable feature.
8666
8667 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8668 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8669 @include freemanuals.texi
8670
8671 @node Copying This Manual
8672 @appendix Copying This Manual
8673
8674 @menu
8675 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8676 @end menu
8677
8678 @include fdl.texi
8679
8680 @node Index
8681 @appendix Index
8682
8683 @printindex cp
8684
8685 @summarycontents
8686 @contents
8687 @bye
8688
8689 @c Local variables:
8690 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8691 @c End:
This page took 0.404709 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.